10-K 1 gci10k12-31x2013.htm 10-K GCI 10K 12-31-2013
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
 
Washington, D.C. 20549
 
 
FORM 10-K
 
ý ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 or 15(d) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
 
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013
 
or
 
o TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 or 15(d) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
 
For the transition period from             to           
 
Commission File No. 0-15279

 
GENERAL COMMUNICATION, INC.
 
 
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
 

 
State of Alaska
 
92-0072737
 
 
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
 
(I.R.S Employer
Identification No.)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2550 Denali Street
Suite 1000
Anchorage, Alaska
 
99503
 
 
(Address of principal executive offices)
 
(Zip Code)
 

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (907) 868-5600
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:  None
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

 
Class A common stock
 
Class B common stock
 
 
(Title of class)
 
(Title of class)
 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.
Yes o   No ý
 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Securities Act. 
Yes o   No ý
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.
 
Yes ý   No o
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Website, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (section 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).
Yes ý   No o
 
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (section 229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. o
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” "accelerated filer" and "smaller reporting company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer o
Accelerated filer x
Non-accelerated filer o (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
Smaller reporting company o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes o   No ý

The aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant, computed by reference to the average high and low prices of such stock as of the close of trading as of the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter of June 30, 2013 was $103,420,000. Shares of voting stock held by each officer and director and by each person who owns 5% or more of the outstanding voting stock (as publicly reported by such persons pursuant to Section 13 and Section 16 of the Exchange Act) have been excluded in that such persons may be deemed to be affiliates. This determination of affiliate status is not necessarily a conclusive determination for other purposes.

The number of shares outstanding of the registrant’s common stock as of February 28, 2014, was:
 
Class A common stock – 38,356,000 shares; and,
Class B common stock – 3,162,000 shares.

1

GENERAL COMMUNICATION, INC.
2013 ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K
TABLE OF CONTENTS


 
 
 
Page No.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 1.
 
Item 1A.
 
Item 1B.
 
Item 2.
 
Item 3.
 
Item 4.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 5.
 
Item 6.
 
Item 7.
 
Item 7A.
 
Item 8.
 
Item 9.
 
Item 9A.
 
Item 9B.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 10.
 
Item 11.
 
Item 12.
 
Item 13.

2


3

Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

You should carefully review the information contained in this Annual Report, but should particularly consider any risk factors that we set forth in this Annual Report and in other reports or documents that we file from time to time with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). In this Annual Report, in addition to historical information, we state our future strategies, plans, objectives or goals and our beliefs of future events and of our future operating results, financial position and cash flows.  In some cases, you can identify those so-called “forward-looking statements” by words such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “expects,” “plans,” “anticipates,” “believes,” “estimates,” “predicts,” “potential,” “project,” or “continue” or the negative of those words and other comparable words.  All forward-looking statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other important factors that may cause our actual results, performance, achievements, plans and objectives to differ materially from any future results, performance, achievements, plans and objectives expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements.  In evaluating those statements, you should specifically consider various factors, including those identified under “Risk Factors,” and elsewhere in this Annual Report.  Those factors may cause our actual results to differ materially from any of our forward-looking statements.  For these forward-looking statements, we claim the protection of the safe harbor for forward-looking statements provided by the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995.

You should not place undue reliance on any such forward-looking statements.  Further, any forward-looking statement, and the related risks, uncertainties and other factors speak only as of the date on which they were originally made and we expressly disclaim any obligation or undertaking to update or revise any forward-looking statement to reflect any change in our expectations with regard to these statements or any other change in events, conditions or circumstances on which any such statement is based.  New factors emerge from time to time, and it is not possible for us to predict what factors will arise or when.  In addition, we cannot assess the impact of each factor on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements.

Part I

Item 1. Business
 
General
In this Annual Report, “we,” “us,” “our,” "GCI" and “the Company” refer to General Communication, Inc. and its direct and indirect subsidiaries.

GCI was incorporated in 1979 under the laws of the State of Alaska and has its principal executive offices at 2550 Denali Street, Suite 1000, Anchorage, AK 99503-2781 (telephone number 907-868-5600).

GCI is primarily a holding company and together with its direct and indirect subsidiaries, is a diversified communications provider with operations primarily in the state of Alaska.

Availability of Reports and Other Information
Internet users can access information about the Company and its services at http://www.gci.com/, http://www.gci-industrialtelecom.com, http://www.unicom-alaska.com/ and http://www.alaskaunited.com/. The Company hosts broadband delivery of ConnectMD® services at http://www.connectmd.com, and SchoolAccess® services at http://www.schoolaccess.net/. The Company hosts information about our TERRA-Southwest (“TERRA-SW”) and TERRA-Northwest (“TERRA-NW”) projects at http://terra.gci.com/. Our television broadcast stations post news and other information at http://www.ktva.com/ and http://www.kath.tv/.

We make available on the http://www.gci.com/ website, free of charge, access to our Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K, Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A and amendments to those materials filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934 as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically submit such material to the SEC. In addition, the SEC’s website is http://www.sec.gov/. The SEC makes available on this website, free of charge, reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers, such as us, that file electronically with the SEC. Information on our websites or the SEC’s website is not part of this document.


4

Financial Information about Industry Segments
Effective January 1, 2013, we refocused our business and now have two reportable segments, Wireless and Wireline.  The Wireless segment’s revenue is derived from wholesale wireless services.  The Wireline segment’s revenue includes all of our other revenue, specifically a full range of retail wireless, data, video and voice services to residential, local, national and global businesses and non-profit and governmental entities. This change reflects our plan to strategically focus on our wireless network and is how our chief operating decision maker now measures performance and makes resource allocation decisions.  Prior to 2013 we had operated our business under five reportable segments – Consumer, Network Access, Commercial, Managed Broadband and Regulated Operations.  The historical segment data has been reclassified to conform to the revised reportable segments.

For financial information about our reportable segments, see “Part II — Item 7 — Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”  Also refer to note 10 included in “Part II — Item 8 — Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”

Narrative Description of our Business
 
General
We are the largest Alaska-based communications provider as measured by revenues. We offer facilities-based wireless telephone services, data services, Internet access, video services and local and long-distance voice services, to residential and business customers across the state under our GCI brand.  Due to the unique nature of the markets we serve, including harsh winter weather and remote geographies, our customers rely extensively on our systems to meet their communication and entertainment needs. We benefit from the attractive demographic and economic characteristics of Alaska.

Since our founding in 1979 as a competitive long distance provider, we have consistently expanded our product portfolio and facilities to become the leading integrated communication services provider in our markets. Our facilities include redundant and geographically diverse digital undersea fiber optic cable systems linking our Alaska terrestrial networks to the networks of other carriers in the lower 48 contiguous states.  In recent years, we expanded our efforts in wireless and presently operate the only statewide wireless network. 

For the year ended December 31, 2013, we generated consolidated revenues of $811.6 million.  We ended the period with 141,500 wireless subscribers, 129,300 cable modem subscribers and 136,700 basic video subscribers.

Development of our Business During the Past Fiscal Year
The Alaska Wireless Network.  On July 22, 2013, we closed the transactions under the Asset Purchase and Contribution Agreement (“Wireless Agreement”) and other related agreements entered into on June 4, 2012 by and among Alaska Communications Systems Group, Inc. (“ACS”), GCI, ACS Wireless, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of ACS, GCI Wireless Holdings, LLC, a wholly owned subsidiary of GCI, and The Alaska Wireless Network, LLC ("AWN"), pursuant to which the parties agreed to contribute the respective wireless network assets of GCI, ACS and their affiliates to AWN. AWN operates a statewide wireless communications network with the spectrum mix, scale, advanced technology and cost structure necessary to compete with Verizon Wireless and AT&T Mobility in Alaska. AWN provides wholesale services to GCI and ACS. GCI and ACS use the AWN network in order to continue to sell services to their respective retail customers. GCI and ACS continue to compete against each other and other wireless providers in the retail market for wireless communications.

Under the terms of the Wireless Agreement, we contributed our wireless network assets and certain rights to use capacity to AWN. Additionally, ACS contributed its wireless network assets and certain rights to use capacity to AWN. As consideration for the contributed business assets and liabilities, ACS received $100.0 million in cash from GCI, a one-third ownership interest in AWN and entitlements to receive preferential cash distributions totaling $190.0 million over the first four years of AWN’s operations ("Preference Period") contingent on the future cash flows of AWN. The preferential cash distribution is cumulative and may be paid beyond the Preference Period until the entire $190.0 million is paid. ACS's preferential cash distributions are expected to be higher than that which they would receive from their one-third interest. We received a two-third ownership interest in AWN, as well as entitlements to receive all remaining cash distributions after ACS’s preferential cash distributions during the Preference Period. The distributions to each member are subject to adjustment based on the number of ACS and GCI wireless subscribers, with the aggregate adjustment capped at $21.8 million for each member over the

5

Preference Period. Following the Preference Period, we and ACS will receive distributions proportional to our ownership interests.

Denali Media Holdings.  On November 1, 2013, we closed two transactions pursuant to which Denali Media Holdings, Corp., a wholly owned subsidiary of GCI, through its wholly owned subsidiaries, Denali Media Anchorage, Corp. and Denali Media Southeast, Corp., agreed to purchase three Alaska broadcast television stations: CBS affiliate KTVA-TV of Anchorage and NBC affiliates KATH-TV in Juneau and KSCT-TV of Sitka, for a total of $7.6 million.  Denali Media Holdings will provide a new statewide platform for news and information and we expect to provide unique content and value for our video subscribers.

You should see “Part I — Item 1. Business — Regulation” for regulatory developments.

Business Strategy
We intend to continue to increase revenues using the following strategies:

Offer Bundled Products. We offer innovative service bundles to meet the needs of our consumer and commercial customers.  We believe that bundling our services significantly improves customer retention, increases revenue per customer and reduces customer acquisition expenses.  Our experience indicates that our bundled customers are significantly less likely to churn, and we experience less price erosion when we effectively combine our offerings.  Bundling improves our top line revenue growth, provides operating cost efficiencies that expand our margins and drives our overall business performance.  As a measure of success to date, over 77,800 of our residential customers subscribe to one of our service bundles that include two or more services.

Maximize Sales Opportunities. We successfully sell new and enhanced services and products to our existing customer base to achieve increased revenues and penetration of our services.  Through close coordination of our customer service and sales and marketing efforts, our customer service representatives suggest to our customers other services they can purchase or enhanced versions of services they already purchase.  Many calls into our customer service centers or visits into one of our retail stores result in sales of additional services and products.

Deliver Industry Leading Customer Service. We have positioned ourselves as a customer service leader in the Alaska communications market.  We operate our own customer service department and have empowered our customer service representatives to handle most service issues and questions on a single call.  We prioritize our customer services to expedite handling of our most valuable customers’ issues, particularly for our largest commercial customers.  We believe our integrated approach to customer service, including service set-up, programming various network databases with the customer’s information, installation, and ongoing service, allows us to provide a customer experience that fosters customer loyalty.

Leverage Communications Operations. We continue to expand and evolve our integrated network for the delivery of our services.  Our bundled strategy and integrated approach to serving our customers creates efficiencies of scale and maximizes network utilization.  By offering multiple services, we are better able to leverage our network assets and increase returns on our invested capital.  We periodically evaluate our network assets and continually monitor technological developments that we can potentially deploy to increase network efficiency and performance.

Expand Our Product Portfolio and Footprint in Alaska. Throughout our history, we have successfully added and expect to continue to add new products to our product portfolio.  We have a demonstrated history of new product evaluation, development and deployment for our customers, and we continue to assess revenue-enhancing opportunities that create value for our customers.  Where feasible and where economic analysis supports geographic expansion of our network coverage, we are currently pursuing or expect to pursue opportunities to increase the scale of our facilities, enhance our ability to serve our existing customers’ needs and attract new customers.

Make Strategic Acquisitions.  We have a history of making and integrating acquisitions of in-state telecommunications providers and other providers of complementary services.  Our management team will continue to actively pursue and make investments that we believe fit with our strategy and networks and that enhance earnings.


6

Description of our Business by Reportable Segment
 
Overview
Our two reportable segments are Wireless and Wireline.  Our Wireless segment provides wholesale wireless services to wireless carriers. Our Wireline segment offers services and products under three major customer groups as follows:
 
Customer Group
Wireline Segment Services and Products
Consumer
Business Services
Managed Broadband
 
 
 
 
 
Retail wireless
X
X
 
 
 
 
 
 
Data:
 
 
 
 
Internet
X
X
X
 
Data networks
 
X
X
 
Managed services
 
X
X
 
 
 
 
 
Video
X
X
 
 
 
 
 
 
Voice:
 
 
 
 
Long-distance
X
X
X
 
Local access
X
X
X

The following discussion includes information about significant services and products, sales and marketing, facilities, competition and seasonality for each of our reportable segments.  For a discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations please see “Part II – Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

Wireless Segment
Wireless segment revenues for 2013, 2012 and 2011 are summarized as follows (amounts in thousands):
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
Total Wireless segment revenues1
$
197,218

 
124,745

 
119,521

1  See “Part II — Item 7 — Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and note 10 included in “Part II — Item 8 — Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” for more information regarding the financial performance of our Wireless segment.

Services and Products
Our Wireless segment offers wholesale wireless services and products to wireless carriers.  We provide network transport and access to our wireless network to wireless carriers.  These services allow wireless carriers to provide full wireless services to their customers.

Sales and Marketing
Our Wireless segment sales and marketing efforts are primarily directed toward increasing the number of wireless carriers we serve which then increases the number of billable minutes and megabytes of wireless data traffic we carry over our network and the number of voice and data circuits leased.  We sell our wireless services primarily through direct contact marketing.


7

Facilities
We own statewide wireless facilities that cover most of the Alaska population providing service to urban and rural communities and we will continue to expand these networks throughout Alaska in 2014.  We own a statewide wireless network that use GSM/HSPA+, CDMA/EVDO and Long Term Evolution ("LTE"). We own Wi-Fi access points that create a Wi-Fi network branded as TurboZone in Anchorage, Fairbanks, Juneau, Kenai-Soldotna, Matanuska-Susitna Valley, and other areas of the State ("TurboZone").

Major Customer
We had no major customer in 2013, 2012 or 2011.

Competition
Our Wireless segment competes with AT&T, Verizon, and smaller companies. We compete in the wholesale wireless market by offering competitive rates and by providing a comprehensive statewide network to meet the needs of carrier customers.

Seasonality
Wireless segment wireless services revenues derived from our carrier customers have historically been highest in the summer months because of temporary population increases attributable to tourism and increased seasonal economic activity such as construction, commercial fishing, and oil and gas activities. Our ability to implement construction projects is hampered during the winter months because of cold temperatures, snow and short daylight hours.

Wireline Segment
Wireline segment revenues for 2013, 2012 and 2011 are summarized as follows (amounts in thousands):
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
Total Wireline segment revenues1
$
614,430

 
585,436

 
559,860

1  See “Part II — Item 7 — Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and note 10 included in “Part II — Item 8 — Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” for more information regarding the financial performance of our Wireline segment.

Services and Products
Our Wireline segment offers services and products to three major customer groups as follows:

•
Consumer - We offer a full range of retail wireless, data, video and voice services to residential customers. Our products and services offered to consumer customers include wireless voice and data plans, high-speed cable modem service, a full range of video services, and long-distance and local voice services.

•
Business Services - We offer a full range of retail wireless, data, video and voice services to local, national and global businesses, governmental entities and public and private educational institutions and wholesale data and voice services to common carrier customers. Our products and services offered to business customers include data network services, wireless voice and data plans, high-speed Internet service, data center services, cloud computing, a full range of video services, and voice services. Additionally, we offer managed services under which we design, sell, install, service, and operate customized networks.

•
Managed Broadband - We offer Internet, data network and managed services to rural schools and health organizations and regulated voice services to residential and commercial customers in rural communities primarily in Southwest Alaska.

Sales and Marketing
We offer our services directly to consumer and business services customers through our call center, direct mail advertising, television advertising, Internet advertising, local media advertising, and through our retail stores. Our sales efforts are primarily directed toward increasing the number of subscribers we serve, selling bundled services,

8

and generating incremental revenues through product and feature up-sell opportunities. We sell our managed services through direct contact marketing.

Facilities
We operate a modern, competitive communications network providing switched and dedicated voice and broadband services. Our fiber network employs digital transmission technology over our fiber optic facilities within Alaska and between Alaska and the lower 48 states.  Our facilities include digital undersea fiber optic cable systems linking our Alaska terrestrial networks to the networks of other carriers in the lower 48 states, a terrestrial fiber optic cable system connecting Anchorage and Fairbanks, Alaska along the Parks Highway corridor and a terrestrial fiber optic cable system that extends from Prudhoe Bay, Alaska to Valdez, Alaska via Fairbanks, Alaska.

We serve many rural and remote Alaska locations solely via satellite communications. Each of our C-band and Ku-band satellite transponders is backed up on alternate spacecraft with multiple backup transponders. We also operate a digital microwave systems to link Anchorage with the Kenai Peninsula. Additionally, we operate a hybrid fiber optic cable and digital microwave system (“TERRA”) linking Anchorage with the Bristol Bay and Yukon-Kuskokwim, and Northwest regions of the state.  This system serves communities in those regions with interstate Ethernet and time-division multiplexing ("TDM") services.  The network is fully digital, computer controlled, centrally monitored and supports multiple services.

Our statewide cable systems consist of cable plant having 450 to 920 MHz of channel capacity. Our video businesses are located throughout Alaska and serve 41 communities and areas in Alaska, including the state’s five largest population centers, Anchorage, Fairbanks, the Matanuska-Susitna Valley, the Kenai Peninsula, and Juneau. Our facilities include cable plant and head-end distribution equipment. The majority of our locations on the fiber routes are served from head-end distribution equipment in Anchorage.  All of our cable systems are completely digital.

Our dedicated Internet access and Internet protocol/MPLS data services are delivered to an Ethernet port located at the service point.  Our management platform constantly monitors this port and continual communications are maintained with all of the core and distribution elements in the network.  The availability and quality of service, as well as statistical information on traffic loading, are continuously monitored for quality assurance.  The management platform has the capability to remotely access routers, servers and layer two switches, permitting changes in configuration without the need to physically be at the service point.  This management platform allows us to offer network monitoring and management services to businesses and governmental entities.

Competition
We operate in intensely competitive industries and compete with a growing number of companies that provide a broad range of communication, entertainment and information products and services. Technological changes are further intensifying and complicating the competitive landscape and consumer behavior. For example, companies continue to emerge that offer services and devices that enable digital distribution of movies, television shows and other video programming, and wireless services and devices continue to evolve. Moreover, newer services that distribute video programming are also beginning to produce or acquire their own original content. These new alternative methods for the distribution, sale and viewing of content have been, and will likely continue to be, developed, and will continue to further increase the number of competitors we face.

Retail Wireless Services and Products Competition
We compete with AT&T, Verizon, ACS, and other community or regional-based wireless providers, and resellers of those services in Anchorage and other markets.

Regulatory policies favor robust competition in wireless markets.  Wireless local number portability helps to maintain a high level of competition in the industry because it allows subscribers to switch carriers without having to change their telephone numbers.

The communications industry continues to experience significant technological changes, as evidenced by the increasing pace of improvements in the capacity and quality of digital technology, shorter cycles for new products and enhancements and changes in consumer preferences and expectations.  Accordingly, we expect competition in the wireless communications industry to continue to be dynamic and intense as a result of the development of new technologies, services and products.

9


The national wireless carriers with whom we compete, AT&T and Verizon, have resources that are greater than ours.  These companies have significantly greater capital, financial, marketing, human capital, distribution and other resources than we do.  Specifically, as a regional wireless carrier we may not have immediate access to some wireless handsets that are available to these national wireless carriers. As discussed in Development of Our Business During the Past Fiscal Year section of this Item 1, we have completed the creation of AWN, which should enhance our ability to compete against the national carriers on all resource fronts.

We compete for customers based principally upon price, bundled services, the services and enhancements offered, network quality, customer service, statewide network coverage and capacity, TurboZone, the type of wireless handsets offered, and the availability of differentiated features and services.  Our ability to compete successfully will depend, in part, on our marketing efforts and our ability to anticipate and respond to various competitive factors affecting the industry.

Data Services and Products Competition
The Internet industry is highly competitive, rapidly evolving and subject to constant technological change.  Competition is based upon price and pricing plans, service bundles, the types of services offered, the technologies used, customer service, billing services, and perceived quality, reliability and availability.  We compete with other Alaska based Internet providers and domestic, non-Alaska based providers that provide national service coverage.  Several of the providers headquartered outside of Alaska have substantially greater financial, technical and marketing resources than we do.

With respect to our high-speed cable modem service, ACS and other Alaska telephone service providers are providing competitive high-speed data subscriber line services over their telephone lines in direct competition with our high-speed cable modem service.  Direct broadcast satellite ("DBS") providers and local fixed wireless providers supply wireless high-speed Internet service in competition with our high-speed cable modem services. We also provide metro-Ethernet fiber optic and dedicated access Internet products primarily for our business services customers.

Niche providers in the industry, both local and national, compete with certain of our Internet service products, such as web hosting, list services and e-mail.

We expect to continue to provide, at reasonable prices and in competitive bundles, a greater variety of data services than are available through other alternative delivery sources.  Additionally, we believe we offer superior technical performance and speed, and responsive community-based customer service.  Increased competition, however, may adversely affect our market share and results of operations from our data services product offerings.

Presently, there are a number of competing companies in Alaska that actively sell and maintain data and voice communications systems.  Our ability to integrate communications networks and data communications equipment has allowed us to maintain our market position based on customer support services rather than price competition alone.  These services are blended with other transport products into unique customer solutions, including managed services and outsourcing.

Video Services and Products Competition
Our video systems face competition from services and devices that offer Internet video streaming and distribution of movies, television shows and other video programming, as well as alternative methods of receiving and distributing television signals, including DBS, digital video over telephone lines, broadband IP-based services, wireless and satellite master antenna television systems.  Our video systems also face competition from potential overbuilds of our existing cable systems.  The extent to which our video systems are competitive depends, in part, upon our ability to provide quality programming and other services at competitive prices.

Online video services via the Internet are a major growing source of competition for our video services.  However, as a major Internet-provider ourselves, the competition may result in additional data service subscriber revenue to the extent we grow Internet average revenue per subscriber.

We believe that the greatest source of external competition for our video services comes from the DBS industry.  Two major companies, DIRECTV and DISH DBS Corporation, are currently offering nationwide high-power DBS services.

10


Competitive forces will be counteracted by offering expanded programming through digital services.  Digital delivery technology is being utilized in all of our systems.  We have retransmission agreements with various broadcasters and provide for the uplink/downlink of their signals into certain of our systems, and local programming for our customers.  Additionally, our 2013 purchase of three television stations provides us the opportunity to create unique content for our subscribers.

Video systems generally operate pursuant to franchises granted on a non-exclusive basis.  The 1992 Cable Act gives local franchising authorities jurisdiction over basic video service rates and equipment in the absence of “effective competition.”  The 1992 Cable Act also prohibits franchising authorities from unreasonably denying requests for additional franchises and permits franchising authorities to operate video systems.  Well-financed businesses from outside the video industry (such as the public utilities that own certain of the poles on which cable is attached) may become competitors for franchises or providers of competing services.

We expect to continue to provide, at reasonable prices and in competitive bundles, a greater variety of video services than are available off-air or through other alternative delivery sources.  Additionally, we believe we offer superior technical performance and responsive community-based customer service.  Increased competition, however, may adversely affect our market share and results of operations from our video services product offerings.

Voice Services and Products Competition
Our most significant competition for local access and long-distance comes from wireless substitution and voice over Internet protocol services. Wireless local number portability allows consumers to retain the same phone number as they change service providers allowing for interchangeable and portable fixed-line and wireless numbers.  A growing number of consumers now use wireless service as their primary voice phone service for local calling. We also compete against Incumbent Local Exchange Carriers ("ILECs"), long-distance resellers and certain smaller rural local telephone companies for local access and long-distance. We have competed by offering excellent customer service, cross product discounts, and by providing desirable bundles of services.

See “Regulation — Wireline Voice Services and Products” below for more information.

Seasonality
Our Wireline segment services and products do not exhibit significant seasonality.  Our ability to implement construction projects is hampered during the winter months because of cold temperatures, snow and short daylight hours.

Sales and Marketing – Company-wide
Our sales and marketing strategy hinges on our ability to leverage (i) our unique position as an integrated provider of multiple communications, Internet and video services, (ii) our well-recognized and respected brand names in the Alaskan marketplace and (iii) our leading market positions in the services and products we offer.  By continuing to pursue a marketing strategy that takes advantage of these characteristics, we believe we can increase our customer market penetration and retention rates, increase our share of our customers’ aggregate voice, video, data and wireless services expenditures and achieve continued growth in revenues and operating cash flow.

Environmental Regulations
We may undertake activities that, under certain circumstances affect the environment. Accordingly, they are subject to federal, state, and local regulations designed to preserve or protect the environment, including the Clean Water Act and the Clean Air Act.  The Federal Communications Commission ("FCC"), Bureau of Land Management, U.S. Forest Service, U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, and National Park Service are among the federal agencies required by the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 to consider the environmental impact of actions they authorize, including facility construction.

The principal effect of our facilities on the environment would be in the form of construction of facilities and networks at various locations in Alaska and between Alaska, Washington, and Oregon.  Our facilities have been constructed in accordance with federal, state and local building codes and zoning regulations whenever and wherever applicable.  Some facilities may be on wetlands that may be subject to state and/or federal regulation. We are unaware of any material violations of federal, state or local regulations or permits.

11


Patents, Trademarks, and Licenses
We do not hold patents, franchises (with the exception of video services as described below) or concessions for communications services or local access services.  We hold a number of federally registered service marks used by our reportable segments.  The Communications Act of 1934, as amended, gives the FCC the authority to license and regulate the use of the electromagnetic spectrum for radio communications.  We hold licenses for our satellite and microwave transmission facilities for provision of long-distance services provided by our Wireline segment.

We hold various licenses for spectrum and broadcast television use. These licenses may be revoked and license renewal applications may be denied for cause.  However, we expect these licenses to be renewed in due course when, at the end of the license period, a renewal application will be filed.

We hold licenses for earth stations that are generally licensed for fifteen years.  The FCC also issues a single blanket license for a large number of technically identical earth stations.  Our operations may require additional licenses in the future.

We are certified through the Regulatory Commission of Alaska ("RCA") to provide video service by Certificates of Public Convenience and Necessity (“CPCN”). These CPCNs are nonexclusive certificates defining each authorized service area.  Although CPCNs have no stated expiration date, they may be revoked due to cause.

Regulation
Our businesses are subject to substantial government regulation and oversight.  The following summary of regulatory issues does not purport to describe all existing and proposed federal, state, and local laws and regulations, or judicial and regulatory proceedings that affect our businesses.  Existing laws and regulations are reviewed frequently by legislative bodies, regulatory agencies, and the courts and are subject to change.  We cannot predict at this time the outcome of any present or future consideration of proposed changes to governing laws and regulations.

Wireless Services and Products
General. The FCC regulates the licensing, construction, interconnection, operation, acquisition, and transfer of wireless network systems in the United States pursuant to the Communications Act.  As wireless licensees, we are subject to regulation by the FCC, and must comply with certain build-out and other license conditions, as well as with the FCC’s specific regulations governing wireless services.  The FCC does not currently regulate rates for services offered by commercial mobile radio service providers (the official legal description for wireless service providers).

Commercial mobile radio service wireless systems are subject to Federal Aviation Administration and FCC regulations governing the location, lighting, construction, and registration of antenna structures on which our antennas and associated equipment are located and are also subject to regulation under federal environmental laws and the FCC’s environmental regulations, including limits on radio frequency radiation from wireless handsets and antennas on towers.

Universal Service. The Universal Service Fund ("USF") pays Eligible Telecommunications Carriers ("ETCs") to support the provision of facilities-based wireless telephone service in high cost areas. A wireless carrier may seek ETC status so that it can receive support from the USF.  Under FCC regulations and RCA orders, we are an authorized ETC for purposes of providing wireless telephone service in Anchorage, Juneau, Fairbanks, and the Matanuska Telephone Association, Inc. ("MTA") study area (which includes the Matanuska-Susitna Valley) and other small areas throughout Alaska. Without ETC status, we would not qualify for USF support in these areas or other rural areas where we propose to offer facilities-based wireless telephone services, and our net cost of providing wireless telephone services in these areas would be materially adversely affected.

On November 29, 2011, the FCC published a final rule to reform the methodology for distributing USF high cost support for voice and broadband services, as well as to the access charge regime for terminating traffic between carriers.  Support for competitive eligible telecommunications carriers (“CETCs”) serving areas that generally include Anchorage, Fairbanks, and Juneau followed national reforms and had support per provider per service area capped as of January 1, 2012, and a five-step phase-down commenced on July 1, 2012.  In addition to broader reforms, the FCC tailored revisions specifically for CETCs serving Remote Alaska, intended to address the unique

12

challenges for serving these areas.  Support to these locations is capped and distributed on a per-line basis until the later of July 1, 2014, or the implementation of a successor funding mechanism. A further rulemaking to consider successor funding mechanisms is underway.  We cannot predict at this time the outcome of this proceeding or its effect on Remote high cost support available to us, but our revenue for providing local services in these areas would be materially adversely affected by a substantial reduction of USF support. 

On February 6, 2012, the FCC released its Report and Order and Further Notice of Proposed Rulemaking to comprehensively reform and modernize the USF’s Lifeline program.  The Lifeline program is administered by the Universal Service Administrative Company ("USAC") and is designed to ensure that quality telecommunications services are available to low-income customers at just, reasonable, and affordable rates.  The order adopted several reforms, but the only reform with a significant 2012 impact was a requirement for annual recertification of all Lifeline subscribers enrolled as of June 1, 2012 to be completed by the end of 2012.  In an order released on December 27, 2012, the FCC’s Wireline Competition Bureau granted GCI a waiver to permit early recertification of subscribers (those recertified prior to June 1, 2012), subject to the condition that certain address information be verified for a subset of those subscribers by January 31, 2013.

Interconnection.  We have completed negotiation and the RCA has approved current direct wireless interconnection agreements with all of the major Alaska ILECs.  These are in addition to indirect interconnection arrangements utilized elsewhere.

See “Description of Our Business by Reportable Segment — Regulation — Wireline Voice Services and Products — Regulatory Regime Applicable to IP-based Networks” for more information.

Emergency 911. The FCC has imposed rules requiring carriers to provide emergency 911 services, including enhanced 911 (“E911”) services that provide to local public safety dispatch agencies the caller’s phone number and approximate location. Providers are required to transmit the geographic coordinates of the customer’s location, either by means of network-based or handset-based technologies, within accuracy parameters recently revised by the FCC, to be implemented over a phase-in period.  Due to Alaska’s relatively low population and low cell-site densities, we have excluded certain areas from E911 coverage where cell triangulation is not feasible, pursuant to FCC rule.  We have also filed for a waiver, which remains pending, for remaining areas where triangulation may be technically feasible, but where the cell-site densities are insufficient to reach the FCC’s standard. Providers may not demand cost recovery as a condition of providing E911, although they are permitted to negotiate cost recovery if it is not mandated by the state or local governments.

State and Local Regulation. While the Communications Act generally preempts state and local governments from regulating the entry of, and the rates charged by, wireless carriers, it also permits a state to petition the FCC to allow it to impose commercial mobile radio service rate regulation when market conditions fail to adequately protect customers and such service is a replacement for a substantial portion of the telephone wireline exchange service within a state. No state currently has such a petition on file, and all prior efforts have been rejected. In addition, the Communications Act does not expressly preempt the states from regulating the “terms and conditions” of wireless service.

Several states have invoked this “terms and conditions” authority to impose or propose various consumer protection regulations on the wireless industry. State attorneys general have also become more active in enforcing state consumer protection laws against sales practices and services of wireless carriers. States also may impose their own universal service support requirements on wireless and other communications carriers, similar to the contribution requirements that have been established by the FCC.

States have become more active in attempting to impose new taxes and fees on wireless carriers, such as gross receipts taxes. Where successful, these taxes and fees are generally passed through to our customers and result in higher costs to our customers.

At the local level, wireless facilities typically are subject to zoning and land use regulation. Neither local nor state governments may categorically prohibit the construction of wireless facilities in any community or take actions, such as indefinite moratoria, which have the effect of prohibiting construction. Nonetheless, securing state and local government approvals for new tower sites has been and is likely to continue to be difficult, lengthy and costly.

13


Internet-based Services and Products
General. There is no one entity or organization that governs the Internet. Each facilities-based network provider that is interconnected with the global Internet controls operational aspects of their own network. Certain functions, such as IP addressing, domain name routing, and the definition of the TCP/IP protocol, are coordinated by an array of quasi-governmental, intergovernmental, and non-governmental bodies. The legal authority of these bodies is not precisely defined.

Although the FCC does not regulate the prices charged by Internet service providers or Internet backbone providers, the vast majority of users connect to the Internet over facilities of existing communications carriers. Those communications carriers are subject to varying levels of regulation at both the federal and state level. Thus, non-Internet-specific regulatory decisions exercise a significant influence over the economics of the Internet market.

Many aspects of the coordination and regulation of Internet activities and the underlying networks over which those activities are conducted are evolving. Internet-specific and non-Internet-specific changes in the regulatory environment, including changes that affect communications costs or increase competition from ILECs or other communications services providers, could adversely affect the prices at which we sell Internet-based services.

On November 20, 2011, the FCC issued rules governing the activities of cable operators and other Internet service providers in connection with the provision of Internet service.  The rules generally prohibited blocking lawful content and prohibiting unreasonable discrimination, outside of reasonable network management, as well as imposing transparency requirements. On January 14, 2014, in a case challenging these rules, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the D.C. Circuit vacated the anti-discrimination and anti-blocking rules, upheld the transparency rules, and remanded the case to the FCC for further proceedings. The majority opinion held that the FCC possessed the general statutory authority to adopt these rules, but did so in a manner that contravened specific statutory prohibitions against imposing common carrier regulations on non-telecommunications services. The remand leaves open the possibility that the FCC could reclassify broadband services as telecommunication services subject to common carrier regulation or adopt different regulations that do not rise to the level of per se common carrier obligations. We do not view the upheld requirements as significant federal regulation of cable system delivery of Internet services.  In addition, these rules are subject to court appeals.  On February 19, 2014, the FCC Chairman announced that he would initiate a proceeding to establish new rules. Further, FCC regulation or legislative proposals under the banner of “net neutrality,” if adopted, could interfere with our ability to reasonably manage and invest in our broadband network, and could adversely affect the manner and price of providing service.

Video Services and Products
General. Because video communications systems use local streets and rights-of-way, they generally are operated pursuant to franchises (which can take the form of certificates, permits or licenses) granted by a municipality or other state or local government entity. The RCA is the franchising authority for all of Alaska. We believe that we have generally met the terms of our franchises, which do not require periodic renewal, and have provided quality levels of service. Military franchise requirements also affect our ability to provide video services to military bases.

The RCA is also certified under federal law to regulate rates for the basic service tier on our video systems. Under state law, however, video service is exempt from regulation unless subscribers petition the RCA. At present, regulation of basic video rates takes place only in Juneau. The RCA does not regulate rates for cable modem service.

Must Carry/Retransmission Consent. The 1992 Cable Act contains broadcast signal carriage requirements that allow local commercial television broadcast stations to elect once every three years to require a cable system to carry the station, subject to certain exceptions, or to negotiate for “retransmission consent” to carry the station.

The FCC has adopted rules to require cable operators to carry the digital programming streams of broadcast television stations. The FCC requirement that cable operators carry both the analog and digital programming streams of broadcast television stations while broadcasters are transitioning from analog to digital transmission does not apply to all-digital systems like ours.  Further, the FCC has declined to require any cable operator to carry multiple digital programming streams from a single broadcast television station, but should the FCC change this policy, we would be required to devote additional cable capacity to carrying broadcast television programming streams, a step that could require the removal of other programming services.


14

Cable System Delivery of Internet Service. The FCC has defined high-speed Internet over cable as an “information service” not subject to local cable franchise fees, as video service may be, or any explicit requirements for “open access.” The Supreme Court affirmed the FCC’s position in a decision issued in 2005.

Although there is at present no significant federal regulation of cable system delivery of Internet services, proposals previously have been advanced at the FCC and before Congress to require cable operators to provide access to unaffiliated Internet service providers and online service providers and to govern the terms under which content providers and applications are delivered by all broadband network operators.  If such requirements were imposed on cable operators, it could burden the capacity of cable systems and frustrate our plans for providing expanded Internet access services. These access obligations could adversely affect our financial position, results of operations or liquidity.

Segregated Security for Set-top Devices. The FCC mandated, effective July 1, 2007, that all new set-top video navigation devices must segregate the security function from the navigation function. The new devices are more expensive than existing equipment, and compliance would increase our cost of providing video services. Subject to a waiver granted by the FCC on May 4, 2007, we may continue providing low-cost integrated set-top boxes to consumers to facilitate our all-digital cable networks.

AllVid Proceeding. On April 21, 2010, the FCC adopted a Notice of Inquiry to consider ways to develop a standardized interface for accessing video content, as an alternative to set-top boxes.  Adoption of new rules or standards in this area could affect the manner in which we deliver video products to our customers.  We do not know if the FCC will propose rules for further consideration.

Pole Attachments. The Communications Act requires the FCC to regulate the rates, terms and conditions imposed by public utilities for cable systems’ use of utility pole and conduit space unless state authorities can demonstrate that they adequately regulate pole attachment rates. In the absence of state regulation, the FCC administers pole attachment rates on a formula basis. This formula governs the maximum rate certain utilities may charge for attachments to their poles and conduit by companies providing communications services, including cable operators. The RCA, however, does not use the federal formula and instead has adopted its own formula that has been in place since 1987. This formula could be subject to further revisions upon petition to the RCA.  In addition, on April 7, 2011, the FCC adopted an order to rationalize different pole attachment rates among types of services.  The United States Court of Appeals, D.C. Circuit, recently upheld the FCC’s rules, denying challenges from several utility companies.  Though the general purpose of rule changes was to ensure pole attachment rates as low and as uniform as possible, we do not expect the rules to have an immediate impact on the terms under which we access poles.

Copyright. Cable television systems are subject to federal copyright licensing covering carriage of television and radio broadcast signals. In exchange for filing certain reports and contributing a percentage of their revenues to a federal copyright royalty pool that varies depending on the size of the system, the number of distant broadcast television signals carried, and the location of the cable system, cable operators can obtain blanket permission to retransmit copyrighted material included in broadcast signals. The possible modification or elimination of this compulsory copyright license is the subject of continuing legislative review.  We cannot predict the outcome of this legislative review, which could adversely affect our ability to obtain desired broadcast program­ming. Copyright clearances for non-broadcast programming services are arranged through private negotiations.

Wireline Voice Services and Products
General. As an interexchange carrier, we are subject to regulation by the FCC and the RCA as a non-dominant provider of interstate, international, and intrastate long-distance services.  As a state-certificated competitive local exchange carrier, we are subject to regulation by the RCA and the FCC as a non-dominant provider of local communications services.  Military franchise requirements also affect our ability to provide communications services to military bases.

Universal Service. The USF pays ETCs to support the provision of facilities-based wireline telephone service in high cost areas. Under FCC regulations and RCA orders, we are an authorized ETC for purposes of providing wireline local exchange service in Anchorage, Juneau, Fairbanks, and the MTA study area (which includes the Matanuska-Susitna Valley) and other small areas throughout Alaska. Without ETC status, we would not qualify for USF support in these areas or other rural areas where we propose to offer facilities-based wireline telephone services, and our net cost of providing local telephone services in these areas would be materially adversely affected. See

15

“Description of Our Business by Reportable Segment - Regulation - Wireless Services and Products - Universal Service” for information on USF reform.

Rural Exemption and Interconnection. A Rural Telephone Company is exempt from compliance with certain material interconnection requirements under Section 251(c) of the 1996 Telecom Act, including the obligation to negotiate Section 251(b) and (c) interconnection requirements in good faith, unless and until a state regulatory commission lifts such “rural exemption” or otherwise finds it not to apply.  All ILECs in Alaska are Rural Telephone Companies except ACS in its Anchorage study area.  We have had to participate in numerous proceedings regarding the rural exemptions of various ILECs, including ACS for its Fairbanks and Juneau operating companies, MTA and Ketchikan Public Utilities, in order to achieve the necessary interconnection agreements with the remaining ILECs. In other cases the interconnection agreements were reached by negotiation without regard to the implications of the ILEC’s rural exemption.

We have completed negotiation and/or arbitration of the necessary interconnection provisions and the RCA has approved current wireline Interconnection Agreements between GCI and all of the major ILECs.  We have entered all of the major Alaskan markets with local access services.

See “Description of Our Business by Reportable Segment — Consumer — Competition — Voice Services and Products Competition” for more information.

Access Charges and Other Regulated Fees. The FCC regulates the fees that local telephone companies charge long-distance companies for access to their local networks.  On November 29, 2011, the FCC published a final rule to restructure and reduce over time originating interstate access charges, along with a proposal to adopt similar reforms applicable to terminating interstate access charges.  We do not anticipate that the adopted changes, for which implementation began in 2012, will have a material impact on our operations, except that the reduction of interstate access rates generally will result in a cost savings on access charges to us.  However, the details of implementation in general and between different classes of technology continue to be addressed, and they could affect the economics of some aspects of our business.  We cannot predict at this time the impact of this implementation or future implementation of adopted reforms, but we do not expect it to have a material impact on our operations.

Access to Unbundled Network Elements. The ability to obtain unbundled network elements ("UNEs") is an important element of our local access services business. We cannot predict the extent to which existing FCC rules governing access to and pricing for UNEs will be sustained in the face of additional legal action and the impact of any further rules that are yet to be determined by the FCC. Moreover, the future regulatory classification of services that are transmitted over facilities may impact the extent to which we will be permitted access to such facilities.  Changes to the applicable regulations could result in a change in our cost of serving new and existing markets.

Recurring and non-recurring charges for UNE loops and other UNEs may increase based on the rates adopted in RCA proceedings to establish new Interconnection Agreements or renew existing agreements. These increases could have an adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or liquidity.

Local Regulation. We may be required to obtain local permits for street opening and construction permits to install and expand our networks. Local zoning authorities often regulate our use of towers for microwave and other communications sites. We also are subject to general regulations concerning building codes and local licensing. The 1996 Telecom Act requires that fees charged to communications carriers be applied in a competitively neutral manner, but there can be no assurance that ILECs and others with whom we will be competing will bear costs similar to those we will bear in this regard.

Regulatory Regime Applicable to IP-based Networks. On January 30, 2014, the FCC adopted an order calling for experiments to examine how best to accelerate the technological and regulatory transitions from traditional TDM-based networks to IP-based technologies.  These proceedings are in early stages, and we cannot predict any resulting proceedings or their effect on us; however, a change in regulatory obligation or classification that interfered with our ability to exchange traffic with other providers, that raises the cost of doing so, or that adversely affects eligibility for USF support could materially affect our net cost of and revenue from providing local services.

Rural Health Care Program. On December 12, 2012, the FCC created the Healthcare Connect Fund to supplement the existing Rural Health Care Program of the USF.  Healthcare providers can choose to participate under either the

16

existing Rural Health Care Program or the new Healthcare Connect Fund.  We cannot predict at this time the impact of this change but we do not expect it to have a material impact on our operations.

Schools and Libraries Program. On July 23, 2013, the FCC released a Notice of Proposed Rulemaking seeking comment regarding potential changes to the Schools and Libraries Program ("E-Rate") to increase the availability of 21st century connectivity to support digital learning in schools nationwide. We cannot at this time predict the outcome of this proceeding or its effect on E-Rate support available to our schools and libraries customers, but our revenue for providing services in these areas would be materially adversely affected by a substantial reduction of E-Rate support.

Other
Conflict Minerals.  Recently, the SEC adopted new rules pursuant to Section 1502 of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act setting forth new disclosure requirements concerning the use of certain minerals that are mined from the Democratic Republic of Congo and adjoining countries.  These new disclosure requirements begin in May 2014.  We believe these disclosure requirements will not have a material effect on our financial position, results of operations or liquidity.


Financial Information about our Foreign and Domestic Operations and Export Sales
We do not have significant foreign operations or export sales.  We conduct our operations throughout the contiguous United States and Alaska and believe that any subdivision of our operations into distinct geographic areas would not be meaningful.

Company-Sponsored Research
We have not expended material amounts during the last three fiscal years on company-sponsored research activities.

Geographic Concentration and the Alaska Economy
We offer wireless, data and voice telecommunication services and video services to customers primarily throughout Alaska.  Because of this geographic concentration, growth of our business and operations depends upon economic conditions in Alaska, and we believe the Alaska economy continues to perform well compared to most other states at the current time.  The economy of Alaska is dependent upon the natural resource industries, and in particular oil production, as well as government spending, investment earnings and tourism.  The government spending is comprised of state government and United States military spending.  Any deterioration in these markets could have an adverse impact on us.

Employees
We employed 1,924 persons as of December 31, 2013, and we are not subject to any collective bargaining agreements with our employees. We believe our future success will depend upon our continued ability to attract and retain highly skilled and qualified employees. We believe that relations with our employees are satisfactory.

Other
No material portion of our business is subject to renegotiation of profits or termination of contracts at the election of the federal government.

Item 1A. Risk Factors.

Factors That May Affect Our Business and Future Results

Additional risks and uncertainties not currently known to us or that we currently deem to be immaterial may also materially and adversely affect our business operations.  Any of the following risks could materially and adversely affect our business, financial position, results of operations or liquidity.


17

We face competition that may reduce our market share and harm our financial performance.

There is substantial competition in the telecommunications and entertainment industries.  Through mergers and various service integration strategies, major providers are striving to provide integrated communications services offerings within and across geographic markets.  We face increased wireless services competition from the 2013 entrance of Verizon into the Alaska market and increasing video services competition from DBS providers.

We expect competition to increase as a result of the rapid development of new technologies, services and products.  We cannot predict which of many possible future technologies, products or services will be important to maintain our competitive position or what expenditures will be required to develop and provide these technologies, products or services.  Our ability to compete successfully will depend on marketing and on our ability to anticipate and respond to various competitive factors affecting the industry, including new services that may be introduced, changes in consumer preferences, economic conditions and pricing strategies by competitors.  To the extent we do not keep pace with technological advances or fail to timely respond to changes in competitive factors in our industry and in our markets, we could lose market share or experience a decline in our revenue and net income.  Competitive conditions create a risk of market share loss and the risk that customers shift to less profitable lower margin services.  Competitive pressures also create challenges for our ability to grow new businesses or introduce new services successfully and execute our business plan.  We also face the risk of potential price cuts by our competitors that could materially adversely affect our market share and gross margins.

For more information about competition by segment, see the sections titled “Competition” included in “Item 1 — Business — Description of our Business by Reportable Segment.”

If we experience low or negative rates of subscriber acquisition or high rates of turnover, our financial performance will be impaired.

We are in the business of selling communications and entertainment services to subscribers, and our economic success is based on our ability to retain current subscribers and attract new subscribers. If we are unable to retain and attract subscribers, our financial performance will be impaired.  Our rates of subscriber acquisition and turnover are affected by a number of competitive factors including the size of our service areas, network performance and reliability issues, our device and service offerings, subscribers’ perceptions of our services, and customer care quality. Managing these factors and subscribers’ expectations is essential in attracting and retaining subscribers. Although we have implemented programs to attract new subscribers and address subscriber turnover, we cannot assure you that these programs or our strategies to address subscriber acquisition and turnover will be successful. A high rate of turnover or low or negative rate of new subscriber acquisition would reduce revenues and increase the total marketing expenditures required to attract the minimum number of subscribers required to sustain our business plan which, in turn, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We may be unable to obtain or maintain the roaming services we need from other carriers to remain competitive.

AT&T Wireless and Verizon have national networks which enable them to offer automatic roaming services to their subscribers at a lower cost than we can offer. The networks we operate do not, by themselves, provide national coverage and we must pay fees to other carriers who provide roaming services to us. We currently rely on roaming agreements with several carriers for the majority of our roaming services.  We believe that the rates charged to us by some of these carriers are higher than the rates they charge to certain other roaming partners.

The FCC has adopted rules requiring commercial mobile radio service providers to provide automatic roaming, upon request, for voice and SMS text messaging services on just, reasonable and non-discriminatory terms.  The FCC has also adopted rules generally requiring carriers to offer data roaming services. The rules do not provide or mandate any specific mechanism for determining the reasonableness of roaming rates for voice, SMS text messaging or data services and require that roaming complaints be resolved on a case-by-case basis, based on a non-exclusive list of factors that can be taken into account in determining the reasonableness of particular conduct or rates.  If we were unexpectedly to lose the benefit of one or more key roaming or wholesale agreements, we may be unable to obtain similar replacement agreements and as a result may be unable to continue providing nationwide voice and data roaming services for our customers or may be unable to provide such services on a cost-effective basis.  Our inability to obtain new or replacement roaming services on a cost-effective basis may limit our ability to

18

compete effectively for wireless customers, which may increase our turnover and decrease our revenues, which in turn could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We may be unable to successfully manage the new operations of AWN or Denali Media.

The formation, with ACS, of AWN is crucial to our strategy to remain competitive in wireless services against the national wireless carriers offering services in Alaska.  We may not be able to successfully integrate the network facilities or recognize the expected synergies which may cause interruptions of or loss of momentum in our business and financial performance.  The diversion of management’s attention or difficulties encountered in connection with the integration may have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, or results of operations.  We may also incur unforeseen expenses in connection with the integration efforts.  There can be no assurance that the expense savings and synergies that we anticipated from the transaction will be realized fully or will be realized within the expected timeframe.

We may not be able to successfully manage the acquired broadcast stations or recognize the expected synergies with our video services business which may cause interruptions of or loss of momentum in our business and financial performance.  The diversion of management’s attention or difficulties encountered in connection with this acquisition may have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, or results of operations.  We may also incur unforeseen expenses in connection with the management efforts.  There can be no assurance that the synergies that we anticipate from the transaction will be realized fully or will be realized within the expected timeframe.

Our business is subject to extensive governmental legislation and regulation.  Applicable legislation and regulations and changes to them could adversely affect our business, financial position, results of operations or liquidity.

Wireless Services. The licensing, construction, operation, sale and interconnection arrangements of wireless communications systems are regulated by the FCC and, depending on the jurisdiction, state and local regulatory agencies.  In particular, the FCC imposes significant regulation on licensees of wireless spectrum with respect to:
 
•
How radio spectrum is used by licensees;
•
The nature of the services that licensees may offer and how such services may be offered; and
•
Resolution of issues of interference between spectrum bands.

Although the Communications Act of 1934, as amended, preempts state and local regulation of market entry and the rates charged by commercial mobile radio service providers, states may exercise authority over such things as certain billing practices and consumer-related issues.  These regulations could increase the costs of our wireless operations.  The FCC grants wireless licenses for terms of generally ten years that are subject to renewal and revocation. FCC rules require all wireless licensees to meet certain build-out requirements and substantially comply with applicable FCC rules and policies and the Communications Act of 1934, as amended, in order to retain their licenses.  Failure to comply with FCC requirements in a given license area could result in revocation of the license for that license area.  There is no guarantee that our licenses will be renewed.

The FCC has initiated a number of proceedings to evaluate its rules and policies regarding spectrum licensing and usage.  Changes proposed by the FCC could adversely impact our utilization of our licensed spectrum and our operating costs.

Commercial mobile radio service providers must implement E911 capabilities in accordance with FCC rules.  Failure to deploy E911 service consistent with FCC requirements could subject us to significant fines.

The FCC, together with the Federal Aviation Administration, also regulates tower marking and lighting. In addition, tower construction is affected by federal, state and local statutes addressing zoning, environmental protection and historic preservation.  The FCC has adopted rule changes that require local notice in any community in which it is seeking FCC Antenna Structure Registration to build a tower.  Local notice provides members of the community with an opportunity to comment on or challenge the tower construction for environmental reasons.  This rule change could cause delay for certain tower construction projects.


19

Internet Services. Proposals may be made before Congress and the FCC to mandate that cable operators provide “open access” over their cable systems to Internet service providers. As of the date of this report, the FCC has declined to impose such requirements. If the FCC or other authorities mandate additional access to our cable systems, we cannot predict the effect that this would have on our Internet service offerings.

Changes in the regulatory environment relating to the Internet access market, including changes in legislation, FCC regulation, judicial action or local regulation that affect communications costs or increase competition from the ILEC or other communications services providers, could adversely affect the prices at which we sell Internet services.

Video Services. The cable television industry is subject to extensive regulation at various levels, and many aspects of such regulation are currently the subject of judicial proceedings and administrative or legislative proposals. The law permits certified local franchising authorities to order refunds of rates paid in the previous 12-month period determined to be in excess of the reasonable rates. It is possible that rate reductions or refunds of previously collected fees may be required of us in the future. Currently, pursuant to Alaska law, the basic video rates in Juneau are the only rates in Alaska subject to regulation by the local franchising authority; the basic rates in Juneau were reviewed and approved by the RCA in July 2010.

Other existing federal regulations, currently the subject of judicial, legislative, and administrative review, could change, in varying degrees, the manner in which video systems operate. Neither the outcome of these proceedings nor their impact upon the cable television industry in general, or on our activities and prospects in the cable television business in particular, can be predicted at this time. There can be no assurance that future regulatory actions taken by Congress, the FCC or other federal, state or local government authorities will not have a material adverse effect on our business, financial position, results of operations or liquidity.

Local Access Services. Our success in the local telephone market depends on our continued ability to obtain interconnection, access and related services from local exchange carriers on terms that are reasonable and that are based on the cost of providing these services. Our local telephone services business faces the risk of unfavorable changes in regulation or legislation or the introduction of new regulations. Our ability to provide service in the local telephone market depends on our negotiation or arbitration with local exchange carriers to allow interconnection to the carrier’s existing local telephone network, to establish dialing parity, to obtain access to rights-of-way, to resell services offered by the local exchange carrier, and in some cases, to allow the purchase, at cost-based rates, of access to UNEs. In some Alaska markets, it also depends on our ability to gain interconnection at economic costs. Future negotiations or arbitration proceedings with respect to new or existing markets could result in a change in our cost of serving these markets via the facilities of the ILEC or via wholesale offerings.

For more information about Regulations affecting our operations, see “Item 1 — Business — Regulation.”

Loss of our ETC status would disqualify us for USF support.

The USF pays support to ETCs to support the provision of facilities-based wireline and wireless telephone service in high cost areas.  If we were to lose our ETC status in any of the study areas where we are currently an authorized ETC, we would be ineligible to receive USF support for providing service in that area.  Loss of our ETC status could have an adverse effect on our business, financial position, results of operations or liquidity.

Revenues and accounts receivable from USF support may be reduced or lost.

We receive support from each of the various USF programs: high cost, low income, rural health care, and schools and libraries.  This support was 19% of our revenue for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011.  We had USF net receivables of $124.3 million and $70.1 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.  The programs are subject to change by regulatory actions taken by the FCC or legislative actions.  Changes to any of the USF programs that we participate in could result in a material decrease in revenue and accounts receivable, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial position, results of operations or liquidity.

See “Description of Our Business by Reportable Segment — Regulation — Wireless Services and Products — Universal Service” and “Description of Our Business by Reportable Segment — Regulation — Wireline Voice Services and Products — Universal Service” for more information.


20

Programming expenses for our video services are increasing, which could adversely affect our business.

We expect programming expenses for our video services to continue to increase in the foreseeable future.  The multichannel video provider industry has continued to experience an increase in the cost of programming, especially sports programming.  In addition, as we add programming to our video services or if we choose to distribute existing programming to our customers through additional delivery platforms, we may incur increased programming expenses.  If we are unable to raise our customers’ rates or offset such programming cost increases through the sale of additional services, the increasing cost of programming could have an adverse impact on our business, financial condition, or results of operations.  Moreover, as our contracts with content providers expire, there can be no assurance that they will be renewed on acceptable terms or that they will be renewed at all, in which case we may be unable to provide such content as part of our video services and our business could be adversely affected.

The decline in our Wireline segment voice services’ results of operations, which include long-distance and local access services, may accelerate.

We expect our Wireline voice services’ results of operations, which include long-distance and local access services, will continue to decline.  As competition from wireless carriers, such as ourselves, increases we expect our local access services and long-distance subscribers and revenues will continue to decline and possibly accelerate.  We expect to continue to strategically use certain marketing and bundling strategies to slow the decline but we do not expect these strategies will significantly impact or stop the decline.

We may not be able to satisfy the requirements of our participation in a New Markets Tax Credit program for funding our TERRA-NW project.

In 2011 and 2012 we entered into three separate arrangements under the NMTC program with US Bancorp to help fund various phases of our TERRA-NW project.  In connection with the NMTC transactions we received proceeds which are restricted for use on TERRA-NW.  The NMTCs are subject to 100% recapture of the tax credit for a period of seven years as provided in the Internal Revenue Code.  We are required to be in compliance with various regulations and contractual provisions that apply to the NMTC arrangements.  We have agreed to indemnify US Bancorp for any loss or recapture of its $56.0 million in NMTCs until such time as our obligation to deliver tax benefits is relieved in December 2019.   Non-compliance with applicable requirements could result in projected tax benefits not being realized by US Bancorp and could have an adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or liquidity.

Failure to complete development, testing and deployment of a new technology that supports new services could affect our ability to compete in the industry.  In addition, the technology we use may place us at a competitive disadvantage.

We develop, test and deploy various new technologies and support systems intended to enhance our competitiveness by both supporting new services and features and reducing the costs associated with providing those services or features.  Successful development and implementation of technology upgrades depend, in part, on the willingness of third parties to develop new applications in a timely manner.  We may not successfully complete the development and rollout of new technology and related features or services in a timely manner, and they may not be widely accepted by our customers or may not be profitable, in which case we could not recover our investment in the technology.  Deployment of technology supporting new service offerings may also adversely affect the performance or reliability of our networks with respect to both the new and existing services.  Any resulting customer dissatisfaction could affect our ability to retain customers and may have an adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations, or liquidity. In addition to introducing new technologies and offerings, we must phase out outdated and unprofitable technologies and services.  If we are unable to do so on a cost-effective basis, we could experience reduced profits.

Unfavorable general economic conditions in the United States could have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations and liquidity.

Unfavorable general economic conditions could negatively affect our business including our financial position, results of operations, or liquidity, as well as our ability to service debt, pay other obligations and enhance shareholder returns.  While it is often difficult for us to predict the impact of general economic conditions on our business, these conditions could adversely affect the affordability of and demand for some of our products and

21

services and could cause customers to shift to lower priced products and services or to delay or forgo purchases of our products and services.  One or more of these circumstances could cause our revenue to decline.  Also, our customers may not be able to obtain adequate access to credit, which could affect their ability to make timely payments to us.  If that were to occur, we could be required to increase our allowance for doubtful accounts, and the number of days outstanding for our accounts receivable could increase.

Our business is geographically concentrated in Alaska.  Any deterioration in the economic conditions in Alaska could have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations and liquidity.

We offer wireless, data and voice telecommunication services and video services to customers primarily throughout Alaska. Because of this geographic concentration, growth of our business and operations depends upon economic conditions in Alaska.  The economy of Alaska is dependent upon natural resource industries, and in particular oil production, as well as government spending, investment earnings and tourism. The government spending is comprised of state government and United States military spending.  Any deterioration in these markets or the occurrence of a single disruptive event, such as a shut-down of the TransAlaska Pipeline System, could have an adverse impact on the demand for our products and services and on our results of operations and financial condition.

Additionally, the customer base in Alaska is limited and we have already achieved significant market penetration with respect to our service offerings in Anchorage and other locations in Alaska. We may not be able to continue to increase our market share of the existing markets for our services, and no assurance can be given that the Alaskan economy will continue to grow and increase the size of the markets we serve or increase the demand for the services we offer.  As a result, the best opportunities for expanding our business may arise in other geographic areas such as the lower 49 states.  There can be no assurance that we will find attractive opportunities to grow our businesses outside of Alaska or that we will have the necessary expertise to take advantage of such opportunities.  The markets in Alaska for voice, data and wireless communications and video services are unique and distinct within the United States due to Alaska’s large geographical size, its sparse population located in a limited number of clusters, and its distance from the rest of the United States.  The expertise we have developed in operating our businesses in Alaska may not provide us with the necessary expertise to successfully enter other geographic markets.

Natural disasters or terrorist attacks could have an adverse effect on our business.

Our technical infrastructure (including our communications network infrastructure and ancillary functions supporting our network such as service activation, billing and customer care) is vulnerable to damage or interruption from technology failures, power surges or outages, natural disasters, fires, human error, terrorism, intentional wrongdoing or similar events.  In addition, earthquakes, floods, fires and other unforeseen natural disasters or events could materially disrupt our business operations or our provision of service in one or more markets.  Costs we incur to restore, repair or replace our network or technical infrastructure, as well as costs associated with detecting, monitoring or reducing the incidence of unauthorized use, may be substantial and increase our cost of providing service.  Any failure in or interruption of systems that we or third parties maintain to support ancillary functions, such as billing, point of sale, inventory management, customer care and financial reporting, could materially impact our ability to timely and accurately record, process and report information important to our business.  If any of the above events were to occur, we could experience higher churn, reduced revenues and increased costs, any of which could harm our reputation and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Cyber attacks or other network disruptions could have an adverse effect on our business.

Cyber attacks or other breaches of network information technology may cause equipment failures, disruption of our operations, and potentially unauthorized access to confidential customer data. Cyber attacks, which include the use of malware, computer viruses, and other means for service disruption or unauthorized access to confidential customer data, have increased in frequency, scope, and potential harm in recent years. Although we have not been subject to cyber attacks or network disruptions which, individually or in the aggregate, have been material to our operations or financial condition, the preventive actions we take to reduce the risk of such events and protect our information technology and confidential customer data may be insufficient to repel a major cyber attack or network disruption in the future.

Some of the most significant risks to our information technology systems, networks, and infrastructure include:

22


•
Disruptions, damage, or unauthorized access beyond our control, including disruptions or damage, or unauthorized access caused by criminal or terrorist activities, theft, natural disasters, power surges, or equipment failure;
•
Human error;
•
Viruses, malware, worms, software defects, Trojan horses, unsolicited mass advertising, denial of service and other malicious or abusive attacks by third parties, including cyber attacks or other breaches of network or information technology security; and
•
Unauthorized access to our information technology, billing, customer care, and provisioning systems and networks and those of our vendors and other providers.

If “hackers” or cyber thieves gain improper access to our technology systems, networks, or infrastructure, they may be able to access, steal, publish, delete, misappropriate, or modify confidential customer data. Moreover, additional harm to customers could be perpetrated by third parties who are given access to the confidential customer data. Relatedly, a network disruption (including one resulting from a cyber attack) could cause an interruption or degradation of service as well as permit access, theft, publishing, deletion, misappropriation, or modification to or of confidential customer data. Due to the evolving techniques used in cyber attacks to disrupt or gain unauthorized access to technology networks, we may not be able to anticipate or prevent such disruption or unauthorized access.

The costs imposed on us as a result of a cyber attack or network disruption could be significant. Among others, such costs could include increased expenditures on cyber security measures, lost revenues from business interruption, litigation, fines, sanctions, and damage to the public’s perception regarding our ability to provide a secure service. As a result, a cyber attack or network disruption could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and operating results.

Prolonged service interruptions could affect our business.

We rely heavily on our network equipment, communications providers, data and software to support all of our functions.  We rely on our networks and the networks of others for substantially all of our revenues. We are able to deliver services only to the extent that we can protect our network systems against damage from power or communication failures, computer viruses, natural disasters, unauthorized access and other disruptions.  While we endeavor to provide for failures in the network by providing back-up systems and procedures, we cannot guarantee that these back-up systems and procedures will operate satisfactorily in an emergency.  Should we experience a prolonged failure, it could seriously jeopardize our ability to continue operations.  In particular, should a significant service interruption occur, our ongoing customers may choose a different provider, and our reputation may be damaged, reducing our attractiveness to new customers.

If failures occur in our undersea fiber optic cable systems or our TERRA facilities and its extensions, our ability to immediately restore the entirety of our service may be limited and we could incur significant costs, which could lead to a material adverse effect on our business, financial position, results of operations or liquidity.

Our communications facilities include undersea fiber optic cable systems that carry a large portion of our traffic to and from the contiguous lower 48 states one of which provides an alternative geographically diverse backup communication facility to the other.  Our facilities also include TERRA and its extensions which are an unringed facility operating in a remote environment and are at times difficult to access for repairs.  If a failure of both sides of the ring of our undersea fiber optic facilities or of our unringed TERRA facility and its extensions occurs and we are not able to secure alternative facilities, some of the communications services we offer to our customers could be interrupted which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial position, results of operations or liquidity.  Damage to an undersea fiber optic cable system or TERRA and its extensions could result in significant unplanned expense which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial position, results of operations or liquidity.

If a failure occurs in our satellite communications systems, our ability to immediately restore the entirety of our service may be limited.

Our communications facilities include satellite transponders that we use to serve many rural and remote Alaska locations.  Each of our C-band and Ku-band satellite transponders is backed up using on-board transponder

23

redundancy.  In the event of a complete spacecraft failure the services are restored using capacity on other spacecraft that are held in reserve.  If a failure of our satellite transponders occurs and we are not able to secure alternative facilities, some of the communications services we offer to our customers could be interrupted which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial position, results of operations or liquidity.

We depend on a limited number of third-party vendors to supply communications equipment.  If we do not obtain the necessary communications equipment, we will not be able to meet the needs of our customers.

We depend on a limited number of third-party vendors to supply wireless, Internet, video and other telephony-related equipment.  If our providers of this equipment are unable to timely supply the equipment necessary to meet our needs or provide them at an acceptable cost, we may not be able to satisfy demand for our services and competitors may fulfill this demand.  Due to the unique characteristics of the Alaska communications markets (i.e., remote locations, rural, satellite-served, low density populations, and our leading edge services and products), in many situations we deploy and utilize specialized, advanced technology and equipment that may not have a large market or demand.  Our vendors may not succeed in developing sufficient market penetration to sustain continuing production and may fail.  Vendor bankruptcy, or acquisition without continuing product support by the acquiring company, may require us to replace technology before its otherwise useful end of life due to lack of on-going vendor support and product development.

The suppliers and vendors on which we rely may also be subject to litigation with respect to technology on which we depend, including litigation involving claims of patent infringement.  Such claims have been growing rapidly in the communications industry.  We are unable to predict whether our business will be affected by any such litigation.  We expect our dependence on key suppliers to continue as they develop and introduce more advanced generations of technology.

We do not have insurance to cover certain risks to which we are subject, which could lead to the occurrence of uninsured liabilities that adversely affect our financial position, results of operations or liquidity.

As is typical in the communications industry, we are self-insured for damage or loss to certain of our transmission facilities, including our buried, undersea and above-ground fiber optic cable systems.  If we become subject to substantial uninsured liabilities due to damage or loss to such facilities, our financial position, results of operations or liquidity may be adversely affected.

Our significant debt and capital lease obligations could adversely affect our business and prevent us from fulfilling our obligations under our Senior Notes, Amended Senior Credit Facility, other debt or capital leases.

We have and will continue to have a significant amount of debt and capital lease obligations.  On December 31, 2013, we had total debt of $1,048.0 million and total capital lease obligations of $74.6 million. Our high level of debt and capital lease obligations could have important consequences, including the following:

•
Use of a large portion of our cash flow to pay principal and interest on our Senior Notes, Amended Senior Credit Facility, other debt and capital leases, which will reduce the availability of our cash flow to fund working capital, capital expenditures and other business activities;
•
Increase our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions;
•
Limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the industry in which we operate;
•
Restrict us from making strategic acquisitions or exploiting business opportunities;
•
Make it more difficult for us to satisfy our obligations with respect to the Senior Notes, Amended Senior Credit Facility, other debt and capital lease obligations;
•
Place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors that have less debt and capital lease obligations; and
•
Limit, along with the financial and other restrictive covenants in our debt, among other things, our ability to borrow additional funds, dispose of assets or pay cash dividends.


24

We will require a significant amount of cash to service our debt and to meet other obligations.  Our ability to generate cash depends on many factors beyond our control.  If we are unable to meet our future capital needs it may be necessary for us to curtail, delay or abandon our business growth plans.  If we incur significant additional indebtedness to fund our plans, it could cause a decline in our credit rating and could increase our borrowing costs or limit our ability to raise additional capital.

We will continue to require a significant amount of cash to satisfy our debt service requirements and to meet other obligations.  Our ability to make payments on and to refinance our debt and to fund planned capital expenditures and acquisitions will depend on our ability to generate cash and to arrange additional financing in the future.  These abilities are subject to, among other factors, our credit rating, our financial performance, general economic conditions, prevailing market conditions, the state of competition in our market, the outcome of certain legislative and regulatory issues and other factors that may be beyond our control.  Our business may not generate sufficient cash flow from operations and future borrowings may not be available to us in an amount sufficient to enable us to pay our debt or to fund our other liquidity needs.  We may need to refinance all or a portion of our debt on or before maturity.  We may not be able to refinance any of our debt on commercially reasonable terms or at all.

The terms of our debt impose restrictions on us that may affect our ability to successfully operate our business and our ability to make payments on the Senior Notes.

The indentures governing our Senior Notes and/or the credit agreements governing our Amended Senior Credit Facility and other loans contain various covenants that could materially and adversely affect our ability to finance our future operations or capital needs and to engage in other business activities that may be in our best interest.

All of these covenants may restrict our ability to expand or to pursue our business strategies.  Our ability to comply with these covenants may be affected by events beyond our control, such as prevailing economic conditions and changes in regulations, and if such events occur, we cannot be sure that we will be able to comply.  A breach of these covenants could result in a default under the indentures governing our Senior Notes and/or the Amended Senior Credit Facility.  If there were an event of default under the indentures for the Senior Notes and/or the Amended Senior Credit Facility, holders of such defaulted debt could cause all amounts borrowed under these instruments to be due and payable immediately.  Additionally, if we fail to repay the debt under the Amended Senior Credit Facility when it becomes due, the lenders under the Amended Senior Credit Facility could proceed against certain of our assets and capital stock of our subsidiaries that we have pledged to them as security.  Our assets or cash flow may not be sufficient to repay borrowings under our outstanding debt instruments in the event of a default thereunder.

Any significant impairment of our indefinite-lived intangible assets would lead to a decrease in our assets and a reduction in our net operating performance.

We had $504.8 million of indefinite-lived intangible assets at December 31, 2013, consisting of cable certificates of $191.6 million, goodwill of $219.0 million, wireless licenses of $91.4 million and broadcast licenses of $2.8 million.  Our cable certificates represent agreements with government entities to construct and operate a video business.  Our wireless licenses are from the FCC and give us the right to provide wireless service within a certain geographical area.  Our broadcast licenses represent permission to use a portion of the radio frequency spectrum in a given geographical area for broadcasting purposes. Goodwill represents the excess of cost over fair value of net assets acquired in connection with business acquisitions.

If we make changes in our business strategy or if market or other conditions adversely affect our operations, we may be forced to record an impairment charge, which would lead to a decrease in our assets and a reduction in our net operating performance.  Our indefinite-lived intangible assets are tested annually for impairment during the fourth quarter and at any time upon the occurrence of certain events or substantive changes in circumstances that indicate the assets might be impaired.  If the testing performed indicates that impairment has occurred, we are required to record an impairment charge for the difference between the carrying value of the goodwill and/or the indefinite-lived intangible assets, as appropriate, and the fair value of the goodwill and/or indefinite-lived intangible assets, in the period in which the determination is made.  The testing of goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment requires us to make significant estimates about our future performance and cash flows, as well as other assumptions.  These estimates can be affected by numerous factors, including changes in economic, industry or market conditions, changes in underlying business operations, future operating performance, changes in competition, or changes in technologies.  Any changes to key assumptions, or actual performance compared with

25

those assumptions, about our business and its future prospects or other assumptions could affect the fair value, resulting in an impairment charge.

Our ability to use net operating loss carryforwards to reduce future tax payments could be negatively impacted if there is an “ownership change” as defined under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code.

At December 31, 2013, we have tax net operating loss carryforwards of $294.5 million for U.S. federal income tax purposes and, under the Internal Revenue Code, we may carry forward these net operating losses in certain circumstances to offset any current and future taxable income and thus reduce our federal income tax liability, subject to certain requirements and restrictions. If we experience an “ownership change,” as defined in Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code and related Treasury regulations at a time when our market capitalization is below a certain level, our ability to use the net operating loss carryforwards could be substantially limited. This limit could impact the timing of the usage of the net operating loss carryforwards, thus accelerating cash tax payments or causing net operating loss carryforwards to expire prior to their use, which could affect the ultimate realization of that deferred tax asset.

Concerns about health risks associated with wireless equipment may reduce the demand for our wireless services.

Portable communications devices have been alleged to pose health risks, including cancer, due to radio frequency emissions from these devices.  Purported class actions and other lawsuits have been filed from time to time against other wireless companies seeking not only damages but also remedies that could increase the cost of doing business.  We cannot be sure of the outcome of any such cases or that the industry will not be adversely affected by litigation of this nature or public perception about health risks.  The actual or perceived risk of mobile communications devices could adversely affect us through a reduction in subscribers.  Further research and studies are ongoing, with no linkage between health risks and mobile phone use established to date by a credible public source.  However, we cannot be sure that additional studies will not demonstrate a link between radio frequency emissions and health concerns.

Additionally, new government regulations on the use of a wireless device while driving may affect us through a reduction in usage revenue.  Studies have indicated that using wireless devices while driving may impair a driver’s attention.  Many state and local legislative bodies, including Alaska’s, have passed legislation to restrict the use of wireless telephones while driving vehicles.  In Alaska all drivers are banned from texting while driving.  Concerns over safety and the effect of additional future legislation, if adopted and enforced in the areas we serve, could limit our ability to market and sell our wireless services.  Litigation relating to accidents, deaths or serious bodily injuries allegedly incurred as a result of wireless telephone use while driving could result in adverse publicity and further governmental regulation.  Any of these results could have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or liquidity.

A significant percentage of our voting securities are owned by a small number of shareholders and these shareholders can control shareholder decisions on very important matters.

As of December 31, 2013, our executive officers and directors and their affiliates owned 12% of our combined outstanding Class A and Class B common stock, representing 23% of the combined voting power of that stock.  These shareholders can significantly influence, if not control, our management policy and all fundamental corporate actions, including mergers, substantial acquisitions and dispositions, and election of directors to the Board.

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments.
Not applicable.

Item 2. Properties
Our properties do not lend themselves to description by location of principal units.  The majority of our properties are located in Alaska.  


26

We lease our executive, corporate and administrative facilities and business offices.  Our operating, executive, corporate and administrative properties are in good condition.  We consider our properties suitable and adequate for our present needs and they are being fully utilized.

Our Wireline and Wireless segments have properties that consist primarily of undersea and terrestrial fiber optic cable networks, switching equipment, satellite transponders and earth stations, microwave radio, cable and wire facilities, cable head-end equipment, wireless towers and equipment, coaxial distribution networks, connecting lines (aerial, underground and buried cable), routers, servers, transportation equipment, computer equipment, general office equipment, land, land improvements, landing stations and other buildings.  Substantially all of our properties are located on or in leased real property or facilities.  Substantially all of our properties secure our Amended Senior Credit Facility.  See note 6 included in “Part II — Item 8 — Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” for more information.

Item 3. Legal Proceedings
We are involved in various lawsuits, billing disputes, legal proceedings, and regulatory matters that have arisen from time to time in the normal course of business.  Management believes there are no proceedings from asserted and unasserted claims which if determined adversely would have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or liquidity.
 


Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures
Not Applicable.

Part II

Item 5. Market for the Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Market Information for Common Stock
Shares of GCI’s Class A common stock are traded on the Nasdaq Global Select MarketSM under the symbol GNCMA.

Shares of GCI’s Class B common stock are traded through the Over-The-Counter Bulletin Board service offered by the National Association of Securities Dealers.  Each share of Class B common stock is convertible, at the option of the holder, into one share of Class A common stock.


27

The following table sets forth the high and low sales price for our common stock for the periods indicated.  Market price data for Class A shares was obtained from the Nasdaq Stock Market System quotation system.  Market price data for Class B shares was obtained from reported Over-the-Counter Bulletin Board service market transactions.  The prices represent prices between dealers, do not include retail markups, markdowns, or commissions, and do not necessarily represent actual transactions.

 
Class A
 
Class B
 
High
 
Low
 
High
 
Low
2013
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
First Quarter
$
9.51

 
7.97

 
8.89

 
7.50

Second Quarter
$
9.82

 
7.69

 
8.29

 
7.50

Third Quarter
$
9.60

 
8.44

 
9.09

 
8.29

Fourth Quarter
$
11.18

 
8.78

 
10.96

 
8.75

2012
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
First Quarter
$
11.36

 
8.72

 
9.90

 
7.75

Second Quarter
$
8.60

 
6.22

 
9.31

 
6.75

Third Quarter
$
10.26

 
8.62

 
10.00

 
7.25

Fourth Quarter
$
10.27

 
7.52

 
10.00

 
8.00


Holders
As of December 31, 2013, there were 2,372 holders of record of our Class A common stock and 306 holders of record of our Class B common stock (amounts do not include the number of shareholders whose shares are held of record by brokers, but do include the brokerage house as one shareholder).

Dividends
We have never paid cash dividends on our common stock, and we have no present intention of doing so. Payment of cash dividends in the future, if any, will be determined by our Board of Directors in light of our earnings, financial condition and other relevant considerations.  Our existing debt agreements contain provisions that limit payment of dividends on common stock, other than stock dividends (see note 6 included in “Part II — Item 8 — Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” for more information).

Stock Transfer Agent and Registrar
Computershare is our stock transfer agent and registrar.

Performance Graph
The following graph includes a line graph comparing the yearly percentage change in our cumulative total shareholder return on our Class A common stock during the five-year period 2009 through 2013.  This return is measured by dividing (1) the sum of (a) the cumulative amount of dividends for the measurement period (assuming dividend reinvestment, if any) and (b) the difference between our share price at the end and the beginning of the measurement period, by (2) the share price at the beginning of that measurement period.  This line graph is compared in the following graph with two other line graphs during that five-year period, i.e., a market index and a peer index.

The market index is the Center for Research in Securities Price Index for the Nasdaq Stock Market for United States companies.  It presents cumulative total returns for a broad based equity market assuming reinvestment of dividends and is based upon companies whose equity securities are traded on the Nasdaq Stock Market.  The peer index is the Center for Research in Securities Price Index for Nasdaq Telecommunications Stock.  It presents cumulative total returns for the equity market in the telecommunications industry segment assuming reinvestment of dividends and is based upon companies whose equity securities are traded on the Nasdaq Stock Market.  The line graphs represent annual index levels derived from compounding daily returns.

In constructing each of the line graphs in the following graph, the closing price at the beginning point of the five-year measurement period has been converted into a fixed investment, stated in dollars, in our Class A common stock (or

28

in the stock represented by a given index, in the cases of the two comparison indexes), with cumulative returns for each subsequent fiscal year measured as a change from that investment.  Data for each succeeding fiscal year during the five-year measurement period are plotted with points showing the cumulative total return as of that point.  The value of a shareholder’s investment as of each point plotted on a given line graph is the number of shares held at that point multiplied by the then prevailing share price.

Our Class B common stock is traded through the Over-The-Counter Bulletin Board service on a more limited basis.  Therefore, comparisons similar to those previously described for the Class A common stock are not directly available.  However, the performance of Class B common stock may be analogized to that of the Class A common stock in that the Class B common stock is readily convertible into Class A common stock by request to us.


Prepared by Zacks Investment Research, Inc.  All indexes used with permission.  All rights reserved.


29

COMPARISON OF FIVE-YEAR CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURNS PERFORMANCE GRAPH FOR GENERAL COMMUNICATION, INC., NASDAQ STOCK MARKET INDEX FOR UNITED STATES COMPANIES, AND NASDAQ TELECOMMUNICATIONS STOCK1,2,3,4
Measurement Period (Fiscal Year Covered)
Company ($)
Nasdaq Stock Market Index for U.S. Companies ($)
Nasdaq Telecommunications Stock ($)
FYE 12/31/08
100.00
100.00
100.00
FYE 12/31/09
78.86
143.74
149.95
FYE 12/31/10
156.49
170.23
193.61
FYE 12/31/11
121.01
171.13
204.74
FYE 12/31/12
118.54
202.46
276.61
FYE 12/31/13
137.82
282.01
401.35
1 
The lines represent annual index levels derived from compounded daily returns that include all dividends.
2 
The indexes are reweighted daily, using the market capitalization on the previous trading day.
3 
If the annual interval, based on the fiscal year-end, is not a trading day, the preceding trading day is used.
4 
The index level for all series was set to $100.00 on December 31, 2008.

Issuer’s Purchases of Equity Securities

(a) Not applicable.

(b) Not applicable.

(c) The following table provides information about repurchases of shares of our Class A common stock during the quarter ended December 31, 2013 (amounts rounded to hundreds, except per share amounts):

 
(a) Total Number of Shares Purchased1
(b) Average Price Paid per Share
(c) Total Number of Shares Purchased as Part of Publicly Announced Plans or Programs2
(d) Maximum Number (or approximate Dollar Value) of Shares that May Yet Be Purchased Under the Plan or Programs3
October 1, 2013 to October 31, 2013
64,300


$8.99

63,000


$105,713,700

November 1, 2013 to November 30, 2013
120,600


$9.58

—


$105,761,700

December 1, 2013 to December 31, 2013
7,900


$11.15

—


$105,958,900

Total
192,800

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1 
Consists of 63,000 shares from open market purchases made under our publicly announced repurchase plan, 15 shares from private purchases made under our publicly announced plan and 129,800 shares from private purchases made to settle the minimum statutory tax-withholding requirements pursuant to restricted stock award vesting.
2 
The repurchase plan was publicly announced on November 3, 2004.  Our plan does not have an expiration date, however transactions pursuant to the plan are subject to periodic approval by our Board of Directors.  We expect to continue the repurchases for an indefinite period dependent on leverage, liquidity, company performance, market conditions and subject to continued oversight by our Board of Directors.
3 
The total amount approved by our Board of Directors for repurchase under our publicly announced repurchase plan was $337.9 million through December 31, 2013, consisting of $332.6 million through September 30, 2013, and an additional $5.3 million during the three months ended December 31, 2013.  We have made total repurchases under the program of $232.0 million through December 31, 2013.  If stock repurchases are less than the total approved quarterly amount the difference may be carried forward and used to repurchase additional shares in future quarters, subject to board approval.

30

 

Item 6. Selected Financial Data
The following table presents selected historical information relating to financial condition and results of operations over the past five years.

 
Years Ended December 31,
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
 
2009
(Amounts in thousands except per share amounts)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Revenues
$
811,648

 
710,181

 
679,381

 
651,250

 
595,811

Income before income taxes
$
42,684

 
21,250

 
12,891

 
17,858

 
6,867

Net income
$
31,727

 
9,162

 
5,486

 
8,610

 
3,172

Net income (loss) attributable to non-controlling interest
$
22,321

 
(511
)
 
(238
)
 
—

 
—

Net income attributable to GCI common stockholders
$
9,406

 
9,673

 
5,724

 
8,610

 
3,172

Basic net income attributable to GCI per common share
$
0.23

 
0.23

 
0.13

 
0.16

 
0.06

Diluted net income attributable to GCI per common share
$
0.23

 
0.23

 
0.12

 
0.16

 
0.05

Total assets
$
2,011,807

 
1,506,552

 
1,446,320

 
1,350,353

 
1,417,335

Long-term debt, including current portion and net of unamortized discount
$
1,047,980

 
877,051

 
861,272

 
781,717

 
776,380

Obligations under capital leases, including current portion
$
74,605

 
80,612

 
86,054

 
91,165

 
95,914

Redeemable preferred stock
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Series B
$
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

Series C
$
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

Total GCI stockholders’ equity
$
157,144

 
157,178

 
157,339

 
199,099

 
265,255

Dividends declared per common share
$
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
—


The Selected Financial Data should be read in conjunction with “Part II — Item 7 — Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
In the following discussion, General Communication, Inc. (“GCI”) and its direct and indirect subsidiaries are referred to as “we,” “us” and “our.”

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations discusses our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”). The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. On an on-going basis, we evaluate our estimates and judgments, including those related to the allowance for doubtful receivables, unbilled revenues, accrual of the USF high cost Remote area program support, share-based compensation, inventory at lower of cost or market, reserve for future customer credits, liability for incurred but not reported medical insurance claims, valuation allowances for deferred income tax assets, depreciable and amortizable lives of assets, the carrying value of long-lived assets including goodwill, cable certificates, wireless licenses, and broadcast licenses, our effective tax rate, purchase price allocations, deferred

31

lease expense, asset retirement obligations, the accrual of cost of goods sold (exclusive of depreciation and amortization expense) ("Cost of Goods Sold"), depreciation, and accrual of contingencies and litigation. We base our estimates and judgments on historical experience and on various other factors that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions. See also our “Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.”

The following discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and supplementary data as presented in Part IV of this Form 10-K.

General Overview
Through our focus on long-term results, acquisitions, and strategic capital investments, we strive to consistently grow our revenues and expand our margins.  We have historically met our cash needs for operations, regular capital expenditures and maintenance capital expenditures through our cash flows from operating activities.  Historically, cash requirements for significant acquisitions and major capital expenditures have been provided largely through our financing activities.

As discussed earlier in “Item 1 — Business — Geographic Concentration and the Alaska Economy,” our revenue is impacted by the strength of the Alaska economy.  The Alaska economy is affected by certain economic factors including activity in the oil and gas industry, tourism, government spending, and military personnel stationed in Alaska. Additionally, the health of the national economy can impact our revenue.

Effective January 1, 2013, we refocused our business and now have two reportable segments, Wireless and Wireline.  The Wireless segment’s revenue is derived from wholesale wireless services.  The Wireline segment’s revenue includes all of our other revenue.  This change reflects our plan to strategically focus on our wireless network and is how our chief operating decision maker now measures performance and makes resource allocation decisions.  Prior to 2013, we had operated our business under five reportable segments – Consumer, Network Access, Commercial, Managed Broadband and Regulated Operations.  The historical segment data has been reclassified to conform to the revised reportable segments.

On July 22, 2013, we closed the transactions under the Wireless Agreement and other related agreements entered into on June 4, 2012 by and among Alaska Communications Systems Group, Inc. (“ACS”), GCI, ACS Wireless, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of ACS, GCI Wireless Holdings, LLC, a wholly owned subsidiary of GCI, and AWN, pursuant to which the parties agreed to contribute the respective wireless network assets of GCI, ACS and their affiliates to AWN. This transaction provides a statewide network with the spectrum mix, scale, advanced technology and cost structure necessary to compete with Verizon Wireless and AT&T Mobility in Alaska. AWN provides wholesale services to GCI and ACS. GCI and ACS use the AWN network in order to continue to sell services to their respective retail customers. GCI and ACS continue to compete against each other and other wireless providers in the retail market.

Under the terms of the Wireless Agreement, we contributed our wireless network assets and certain rights to use capacity to AWN. Additionally, ACS contributed its wireless network assets and certain rights to use capacity to AWN. As consideration for the contributed business assets and liabilities, ACS received $100.0 million in cash from GCI, a one-third ownership interest in AWN and entitlements to receive preferential cash distributions totaling $190.0 million over the Preference Period. ACS's preferential cash distributions are expected to be higher than that which they would receive from their one-third interest. We received a two-third ownership interest in AWN, as well as entitlements to receive all remaining cash distributions after ACS’s preferential cash distributions during the Preference Period. The distributions to each member are subject to adjustment based on the number of ACS and GCI wireless subscribers, with the aggregate adjustment capped at $21.8 million for each member over the Preference Period. Following the Preference Period, we and ACS will receive distributions proportional to our ownership interests. As part of closing, we borrowed $100.0 million under our Amended Senior Credit Facility to fund the purchase of wireless network assets from ACS.

As an ETC, we receive support from the USF to support the provision of wireline local access and wireless service in high cost areas. On November 29, 2011, the FCC published final rules to reform, among others, the methodology for distributing USF high cost support for voice and broadband services (“High Cost Order”). The High Cost Order segregated the support methodology for Remote areas in Alaska from the support methodology for all urban areas,

32

including Alaska Urban locations. Our future revenue recognition for both Remote and Urban high cost support is dependent upon the functionality and timing of an operational successor funding mechanism. At December 31, 2013, we believe an implementation of a successor funding mechanism prior to January 2015 is unlikely.

In October 2013 and February 2014 two of our customers received notices of denial and funding changes from the Rural Health Care Division of USAC related to certain services we provided during 2013.  In 2013 one customer filed an appeal with the FCC and we expect the other customer to file an FCC appeal in 2014.  We recognized $5.7 million during the year ended December 31, 2013, and because we believe our customers are in compliance with program rules, we expect our customers will prevail in their appeals we have not reduced our revenue recognition during the year ended December 31, 2013.

In November 2010, Verizon acquired a license for 22MHz of the 700 MHz wireless spectrum band covering Alaska.  In June 2013, Verizon began providing service on its LTE network in Anchorage, Fairbanks, Juneau and the Matanuska-Susitna Borough.  The service provided by Verizon’s LTE network is limited to data only.


Results of Operations
The following table sets forth selected financial data as a percentage of total revenues for the periods indicated (underlying data rounded to the nearest thousand):

 
Year Ended December 31,
Percentage
Change1  2013 vs. 2012
Percentage
Change1  2012 vs. 2011
 
2013
2012
2011
Statements of Operations Data:
 
 
 
 
 
Revenues:
 
 
 
 
 
Wireless segment
24%
18%
18%
58%
4%
Wireline segment
76%
82%
82%
5%
5%
Total revenues
100%
100%
100%
14%
5%
Selling, general and administrative expenses
33%
34%
35%
11%
3%
Depreciation and amortization expense
18%
18%
19%
13%
4%
Operating income
14%
13%
13%
27%
(2)%
Other expense, net
9%
10%
11%
4%
(13)%
Income before income taxes
5%
3%
2%
101%
65%
Net income
4%
1%
1%
246%
67%
Net income (loss) attributable to the non-controlling interest
3%
—%
—%
(4,468)%
115%
Net income attributable to GCI
1%
1%
1%
(3)%
69%
 
1 Percentage change in underlying data
 

We evaluate performance and allocate resources based on earnings before depreciation and amortization expense, net interest expense, income taxes, share-based compensation expense, accretion expense, income or loss attributable to non-controlling interest, and non-cash contribution adjustment (“Adjusted EBITDA”).  Management believes that this measure is useful to investors and other users of our financial information in evaluating operating profitability as an analytical indicator of income generated to service debt and fund capital expenditures.  In addition, multiples of current or projected earnings before depreciation and amortization expense, net interest expense and income taxes (“EBITDA”) are used to estimate current or prospective enterprise value.  See note 10 in the "Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements" included in Part IV of this annual report on Form 10-K for a reconciliation of consolidated Adjusted EBITDA, a non-GAAP financial measure, to consolidated income before income taxes.


33

Overview of Revenues and Cost of Goods Sold
Total revenues increased 5% from $679.4 million in 2011 to $710.2 million in 2012 and increased 14% to $811.6 million in 2013.  Revenue increased in both of our segments in 2013 and 2012. See the discussion below for more information by segment.

Total Cost of Goods Sold increased 9% from $227.4 million in 2011 to $247.5 million in 2012 and increased 13% to $280.5 million in 2013.  Cost of Goods Sold increased in both of our segments in 2013 and 2012.  See the discussion below for more information by segment.

Wireless Segment Overview
Wireless segment revenue, Cost of Goods Sold, and Adjusted EBITDA for 2013, 2012, and 2011 are as follows (amounts in thousands):

 
2013
2012
2011
Percentage
Change  2013 vs. 2012
Percentage
Change  2012 vs. 2011
Revenue
$
197,218

124,745

119,521

58
%
4
 %
Cost of Goods Sold
$
68,086

58,737

42,687

16
%
38
 %
Adjusted EBITDA
$
109,609

50,802

62,315

116
%
(18
)%

See note 10 in the "Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements" included in Part IV of this annual report on Form 10-K for a reconciliation of consolidated Adjusted EBITDA, a non-GAAP financial measure, to consolidated income before income taxes.

Wireless Segment Revenues
The increase in revenue in 2013 is primarily due to the following:
•
A $28.9 million increase in roaming revenue in 2013 due to the July 22, 2013 close of the AWN transaction.
•
A $13.0 million increase in roaming revenue in 2013 due to increased data usage by one of our roaming partners’ customers,
•
A $18.8 million increase in non-Lifeline retail revenue in 2013 due to the July 22, 2013 close of the AWN transaction,  
•
A $6.2 million increase in non-Lifeline retail revenue in 2013 due to an increase in non-Lifeline retail customers. The Wireless segment recognizes 70% of retail wireless plan fee revenue with the remaining 30% recognized in Wireline segment – Consumer or Wireline segment – Business Services depending on whether the revenue is generated by a residential or commercial subscriber, and
•
A $7.9 million increase in high cost support in 2013 due to the July 22, 2013 close of the AWN transaction.

The increase is partially off-set by a $6.6 million increase in the wireless handset cash incentives to ACS in 2013 for the sale of wireless handsets to their retail customers due to the July 22, 2013 close of the AWN transaction.

Wireless Segment Cost of Goods Sold
The increase in Cost of Goods Sold is primarily due to the following:
•
A $6.4 million increase in 2013 primarily due to roaming costs due to the July 22, 2013 close of the AWN transaction,
•
A $6.7 million increase in 2012 primarily due to wireless handset equipment costs.  The Wireless segment provides a handset subsidy to the Wireline segment - Consumer and Wireline segment - Business Services to offset the cost of handsets sold to retail wireless subscribers.  Our wireless handset equipment costs have increased due to an increase in non-Lifeline wireless subscribers and due to a higher percentage of our handsets sold being premium smartphones which have a higher cost,
•
A $3.5 million increase in distribution and capacity costs in 2013 due to growth in traffic carried on the wireless network,
•
A $2.1 million increase in distribution and capacity costs in 2013 due to the July 22, 2013 close of the AWN transaction,

34

•
A $6.3 million increase in roaming costs in 2012 due to the depletion of a large block of wireless network usage that was used for roaming provided at no charge by AT&T pursuant to an agreement signed in December 2007, and
•
Additional increases in network maintenance costs in 2013 due to the growth of the wireless network due to the July 22, 2013 close of the AWN transaction and increased emphasis on our wireless network.

The increase in 2013 is partially off-set by an $11.0 million decrease in wireless equipment costs. Through the AWN transaction close the Wireless segment recorded the Cost of Goods Sold related to wireless equipment sales to retail customers based upon equipment sales and agreed-upon subsidy rates. Any amount in excess of this subsidy was recorded in the Wireline segment. Subsequent to the transaction close and through December 31, 2013, although permitted, the Wireline segment was unable to meet the requirements in order to request a wireless equipment subsidy from the Wireless segment in accordance with the AWN agreements. We expect the cost of wireless equipment sold to the Wireline segment's retail customers to be recorded in the Wireline segment in 2014.

Wireless Segment Adjusted EBITDA
The increase in Adjusted EBITDA in 2013 is primarily due to increased revenue as described above in “Wireless Segment Revenues.” This increase was partially offset by increased Cost of Goods Sold as described above in "Wireless Segment Cost of Goods Sold" and an increase in selling, general and administrative expense. The decrease in Adjusted EBITDA in 2012 is primarily due to an increase in Cost of Goods Sold as described above in "Wireless Segment Cost of Goods Sold." This decrease was partially offset by increased revenue as described above in “Wireless Segment Revenues.”

Wireline Segment Overview
Our Wireline segment offers services and products under three major customer groups as follows:

 
 
Customer Group
Wireline Segment Services and Products
Consumer
Business Services
Managed Broadband
 
 
 
 
 
Retail wireless
X
X
 
 
 
 
 
 
Data:
 
 
 
 
Internet
X
X
X
 
Data networks
 
X
X
 
Managed services
 
X
X
 
 
 
 
 
Video
X
X
 
 
 
 
 
 
Voice:
 
 
 
 
Long-distance
X
X
X
 
Local access
X
X
X

•
Consumer – we offer a full range of retail wireless, data, video and voice services to residential customers.
•
Business Services - we offer a full range of retail wireless, data, video and voice services to local, national and global businesses, governmental entities and public and private educational institutions and wholesale data and voice services to common carrier customers.
•
Managed Broadband – we offer Internet, data network and managed services to rural schools and health organizations and regulated voice services to residential and commercial customers in rural communities primarily in Southwest Alaska.


35

The components of Wireline segment revenue are as follows (amounts in thousands):

 
2013
2012
2011
Percentage
Change  2013 vs. 2012
Percentage
Change  2012 vs. 2011
Consumer
 
 
 
 
 
Wireless
$
28,031

26,416

24,291

6
 %
9
 %
Data
99,740

86,466

71,977

15
 %
20
 %
Video
111,368

115,306

118,635

(3
)%
(3
)%
Voice
35,666

41,169

51,847

(13
)%
(21
)%
Business Services
 
 
 
 
 
Wireless
2,872

2,881

2,918

—
 %
(1
)%
Data
154,498

143,907

144,145

7
 %
—
 %
Video
15,171

12,842

11,605

18
 %
11
 %
Voice
50,273

48,262

49,192

4
 %
(2
)%
Managed Broadband
 
 
 
 
 
Data
95,645

86,562

63,248

10
 %
37
 %
Voice
21,166

21,625

22,002

(2
)%
(2
)%
Total Wireline segment revenue
$
614,430

585,436

559,860

5
 %
5
 %

Wireline segment Cost of Goods Sold and Adjusted EBITDA for 2013, 2012, and 2011 are as follows (amounts in thousands):

 
2013
2012
2011
Percentage
Change  2013 vs. 2012
Percentage
Change  2012 vs. 2011
Wireline segment Cost of Goods Sold
$
212,376

188,764

184,712

13
 %
2
%
Wireline segment Adjusted EBITDA
$
157,674

176,007

161,326

(10
)%
9
%

See note 10 in the "Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements" included in Part IV of this annual report on Form 10-K for a reconciliation of consolidated Adjusted EBITDA, a non-GAAP financial measure, to consolidated income before income taxes.

Selected key performance indicators for our Wireline segment follow:

 
2013
2012
2011
Percentage
Change  2013 vs. 2012
Percentage
Change  2012 vs. 2011
Consumer
 
 
 
 
 
Data:
 
 
 
 
 
Cable modem subscribers1
115,300

115,600

108,300

—
 %
7
 %
Video:
 
 
 
 

 

Basic subscribers2 
117,900

122,300

125,000

(4
)%
(2
)%
Digital programming tier subscribers3 
67,500

72,500

75,600

(7
)%
(4
)%
HD/DVR converter boxes4 
96,900

90,400

89,400

7
 %
1
 %
Homes passed
247,400

243,600

242,100

2
 %
1
 %
Video ARPU5 
$
77.34

$
77.98

$
77.43

(1
)%
1
 %

36

Voice:
 
 
 
 

 

Total local access lines in service6 
61,000

69,700

77,600

(12
)%
(10
)%
Local access lines in service on GCI facilities7 
56,900

64,900

72,000

(12
)%
(10
)%
Business Services
 
 
 
 

 

Data:
 
 
 
 

 

Cable modem subscribers1 
14,000

13,300

11,100

5
 %
20
 %
Voice:
 
 
 
 

 

Total local access lines in service6 
48,800

51,600

51,400

(5
)%
—
 %
Local access lines in service on GCI facilities6 
34,700

30,800

28,700

13
 %
7
 %
Combined Consumer and Business Services
 
 
 
 

 

Multiple System Operator Operating Statistics
 
 
 
 
 
Customer relationships7
122,400

126,700

129,400

(3
)%
(2
)%
Revenue generating units8
334,100

343,900

345,900

(3
)%
(1
)%
Wireless
 
 
 
 

 

Consumer Lifeline wireless lines in service9
29,300

32,400

42,400

(10
)%
(24
)%
Consumer Non-Lifeline wireless lines in service10 
93,600

90,600

82,200

3
 %
10
 %
Business Services Non-Lifeline wireless lines in service10
18,600

17,000

15,300

9
 %
11
 %
Total wireless lines in service
141,500

140,000

139,900

1
 %
—
 %
Wireless ARPU11
$
49.60

$
46.25

$
44.60

7
 %
4
 %
1 A cable modem subscriber is defined by the purchase of cable modem service regardless of the level of service purchased. If one entity purchases multiple cable modem service access points, each access point is counted as a subscriber. Cable modem subscribers may also be video basic subscribers though basic video service is not required to receive cable modem service.
2 A basic subscriber is defined as one basic tier of service delivered to an address or separate subunits thereof regardless of the number of outlets purchased.
3 A digital programming tier subscriber is defined as one digital programming tier of service delivered to an address or separate subunits thereof regardless of the number of outlets or digital programming tiers purchased. Digital programming tier subscribers are a subset of basic subscribers.
4 A high-definition/digital video recorder ("HD/DVR") converter box is defined as one box rented by a digital programming or basic tier subscriber. A digital programming or basic tier subscriber is not required to rent an HD/DVR converter box to receive service.
5 Applicable average monthly video revenues divided by the average number of basic subscribers at the beginning and end of each month in 2013, 2012, and 2011 ("Video ARPU").
6 A local access line in service is defined as a revenue generating circuit or channel connecting a customer to the public switched telephone network.
7 The number of customers that receive at least one level of service utilizing our cable service facilities, encompassing voice, video, and data services, without regard to which services customers purchase.
8 The sum of all primary digital video, high-speed data, and telephony customers, not counting additional outlets.
9 A Lifeline wireless line in service is defined as a revenue generating wireless device that is eligible for Lifeline support. The Universal Service Fund's Lifeline program is administered by the Universal Service Administrative Company and is designed to ensure that quality telecommunications services are available to low-income customers at affordable rates.
10 A non-Lifeline wireless line in service is defined as a revenue generating wireless device that is not eligible for Lifeline support.

37

11 Average monthly wireless revenues, excluding those from other wireless carrier customers, divided by the average of wireless subscribers at the beginning and end of each month in the period ("Wireless ARPU"). Revenue used for this calculation includes Wireline segment - Consumer - Wireless, Wireline segment - Business Services - Wireless and wholesale wireless revenues earned from GCI retail subscribers included in the Wireless segment for 2013, 2012, and 2011.

Wireline Segment Revenues

Consumer
The increase in data revenue is primarily due to a $12.2 million or 16% and $11.6 million or 18% increase in cable modem revenue for 2013 and 2012, respectively, due to an increase in the average number of subscribers and our subscribers’ selection of plans that offer higher speeds and higher usage limits. Additionally, data revenue increased $2.9 million or 57% in 2012 due to an increase in excess usage revenue.

The decrease in voice revenue in 2012 is primarily due to:
•
A 21% decrease in local service plan fee revenue to $15.9 million due to decreased subscribers and a February 2012 rate decrease to one of our popular plans. We expect local access lines in service to continue to decline in the future due to wireless substitution,
•
A 21% decrease in local service high cost support to $8.3 million due to the changes in the high cost support program as discussed above in the General Overview section of this Item 7 and a decrease in subscribers, and
•
A 39% decrease in long-distance usage to $2.4 million due to the lower rates mandated by the Intrastate Access Reform Act ("Intrastate Access Reform") which went into effect in July 2011, along with our introduction of a popular new plan offering unlimited interstate and intrastate calling which went into effect in August 2011.

Business Services
Business Services data revenue is comprised of monthly recurring charges for data services and charges billed on a time and materials basis largely for personnel providing on-site customer support.  This latter category can vary significantly based on project activity.

The increase in data revenue in 2013 is primarily due to a $10.2 million or 20% in managed services project revenue due to special project work. The decrease in data revenue in 2012 is primarily due to a $4.5 million or 5% decrease due to rate compression that was partially offset by a $4.2 million or 9% increase in special project work.

Managed Broadband
The increase in data revenue in 2013 and 2012 is primarily due to:
•
A $12.3 million and $19.0 million increase in 2013 and 2012, respectively, in monthly contract revenue due to new ConnectMD® and SchoolAccess® customers and increased data network capacity purchased by our existing ConnectMD® and SchoolAccess® customers due to increased demand,
•
A $2.5 million increase in 2012 in product sales to our customers, and
•
Recognition of $1.6 million in 2012 in previously denied funding from the USAC for one ConnectMD® customer for the funding year July 2008 to June 2009.  We had appealed the funding denial and received notice during the second quarter of 2012 that our appeal was successful and the funding was reinstated.

The increase in 2013 was partially offset by a $1.6 million decrease in product sales to our customers and the absence of $1.6 million in revenue recognized in 2012 for USAC funding that was reinstated as discussed above.


38

Wireline Segment Cost of Goods Sold

The individually significant items contributing to the 2013 and 2012 increases in Wireline segment Cost of Goods Sold include:
•
A 10% or $5.3 million increase in 2013 video Cost of Goods Sold primarily due to programming changes,
•
A 28% or $10.8 million and 10% or $3.4 million increase in managed services project Cost of Goods Sold for 2013 and 2012, respectively, related to the increased special project work described above in “Wireline Segment Revenues – Business Services,"
•
A 104% or $11.8 million increase in 2013 wireless Cost of Goods Sold primarily due to an increase in the number of handsets sold and a decrease in subsidies received from the Wireless segment for the purchase of wireless handsets. Through the AWN transaction close the Wireless segment recorded the Cost of Goods Sold related to wireless equipment sales to retail customers based upon equipment sales and agreed-upon subsidy rates. Any amount in excess of this subsidy was recorded in the Wireline segment. Subsequent to the transaction close and through December 31, 2013, although permitted, the Wireline segment was unable to meet the requirements in order to request a wireless equipment subsidy from the Wireless segment in accordance with the AWN agreements. We expect the cost of wireless equipment sold to the Wireline segment's retail customers to be recorded in the Wireline segment in 2014.,
•
A 57% or $4.1 million increase in 2012 in wireless Cost of Goods Sold primarily due to an increase in the number of wireless handsets sold, and
•
A $2.2 million increase in 2012 Cost of Goods Sold associated with the product sales revenue described above in "Wireline Segment Revenues - Managed Broadband."

The increases are partially offset by the following individually significant items:
•
A 9% or $3.1 million and 16% or $6.8 million decrease in voice Cost of Goods Sold for 2013 and 2012, respectively, due to the continuing decrease in long distance and local service subscribers. The 2012 decrease is also due to Intrastate Access Reform which went into effect in July 2011 and eliminated the incumbent local exchange carrier's ability to bill long distance carriers for certain intrastate line charges

Wireline Segment Adjusted EBITDA
The decrease in Adjusted EBITDA for 2013 is primarily due to an increase in Cost of Goods Sold as described above in "Wireline Segment Cost of Goods Sold" and selling, general and administrative expense partially offset by an increase in revenues as described above in "Wireline Segment Revenues." The increase in Adjusted EBITDA for 2012 is primarily due to an increase in revenues as described above in "Wireline Segment Revenues" partially offset by an increase in Cost of Goods Sold as described above in "Wireline Segment Cost of Goods Sold" and selling, general and administrative expense.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses
Selling, general and administrative expenses increased $27.8 million to $271.1 million for 2013 and $7.7 million to $243 million for 2012.  Individually significant items contributing to the increases include:

•
A $9.1 million and $4.2 million increase in labor costs for 2013 and 2012, respectively,
•
A $2.8 million increase in our company-wide success sharing bonus accrual for 2013,
•
A $2.3 million increase in contract labor related to non-capitalizable network projects for our ConnectMD® and SchoolAccess® customers for 2013,
•
A $2.5 million increase due to an increased usage of contract labor by our operating departments for 2013, and
•
$1.8 million and $2.9 million in transaction costs in 2013 and 2012, respectively, related to the AWN transaction.

As a percentage of total revenues, selling, general and administrative expenses were 33%, 34%, and 35% of revenue for 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively.


39

Depreciation and Amortization Expense
Depreciation and amortization expense increased $16.8 million to $147.3 million and $4.5 million to $130.5 million in 2013 and 2012, respectively.  The increases in 2013 and 2012 are primarily due to new assets placed in service in those years partially offset by assets which became fully depreciated during those years. Additionally, we recorded $8.8 million of depreciation and amortization expense in 2013 for the assets acquired from ACS as part of the AWN transaction.

Other Expense, Net
Other expense, net of other income, increased $2.4 million to $70.2 million in 2013 and decreased $9.9 million to $67.7 million in 2012. The 2013 increase is primarily due to increased interest expense attributable to increased borrowing on our Amended Senior Credit Facility. The 2012 decrease is primarily due the absence of a $9.1 million loss on extinguishment of debt recognized in 2011.

Income Tax Expense
Income tax expense totaled $11.0 million, $12.1 million, and $7.4 million in 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively. Our effective income tax rate was 26%, 57%, and 57% in 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively. Our effective income tax rate decreased in 2013 due to the inclusion of income attributable to the non-controlling interest in AWN in income before income tax expense.

At December 31, 2013, we have income tax net operating loss carryforwards of $294.5 million that will begin expiring in 2020 if not utilized, and alternative minimum tax credit carryforwards of $1.9 million available to offset regular income taxes payable in future years.

We have recorded deferred tax assets of $120.9 million associated with income tax net operating losses that were generated from 2000 to 2013 and that expire from 2020 to 2033, respectively, and with charitable contributions that were converted to net operating losses in 2004 through 2007, and that expire in 2024 through 2027, respectively.

Tax benefits associated with recorded deferred tax assets are considered to be more likely than not realizable through future reversals of existing temporary differences and future taxable income exclusive of reversing temporary differences and carryforwards.  The amount of deferred tax assets considered realizable, however, could be reduced if estimates of future taxable income during the carryforward period are reduced which would result in additional income tax expense.  We estimate that our effective annual income tax rate for financial statement purposes will be 23% to 28% in the year ending December 31, 2014.

Liquidity and Capital Resources
Our principal sources of current liquidity are cash and cash equivalents.  We believe, but can provide no assurances, that we will be able to meet our current and long-term liquidity, capital requirements and fixed charges through our cash flows from operating activities, existing cash, cash equivalents, credit facilities, and other external financing and equity sources.  Should operating cash flows be insufficient to support additional borrowings and principal payments scheduled under our existing credit facilities, capital expenditures will likely be reduced, which would likely reduce future revenues.

On April 30, 2013, GCI Holdings, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of GCI, entered into a Third Amended and Restated Credit and Guarantee Agreement with Credit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank, as administrative agent ("Amended Senior Credit Facility").  The Amended Senior Credit Facility provides up to $240.0 million in delayed draw term loans and a $150.0 million revolving credit facility.  The Amended Senior Credit Facility replaced the Senior Credit Facility described in Note 6(c) of our December 31, 2012 annual report on Form 10-K. The interest rate under the Amended Senior Credit Facility is London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) plus a margin dependent upon our Total Leverage Ratio ranging from 2% to 3%. The Amended Senior Credit Facility will mature on April 30, 2018. The terms of the Amended Senior Credit Facility include customary representations and warranties, customary affirmative and negative covenants and customary events of default.  At any time after the occurrence of an event of default under the Amended Senior Credit Facility, the lenders may, among other options, declare any amounts outstanding under the Amended Senior Credit Facility immediately due and payable and terminate any commitment to make further loans under the Amended Senior Credit Facility.  The obligations under the Amended Senior Credit Facility are secured by a security interest on substantially all of the assets of GCI Holdings, Inc. and the subsidiary guarantors, and on the stock of GCI Holdings, Inc.


40

As discussed in the General Overview section of this Item 2, on July 22, 2013, we closed the AWN transaction.  Under the terms of the Wireless Agreement, we contributed our wireless network assets and certain rights to use capacity to AWN. Additionally, ACS contributed its wireless network assets and certain rights to use capacity to AWN.  As consideration for the contributed assets and liabilities, ACS received $100.0 million in cash from GCI, a one-third ownership percentage in AWN and entitlements to receive preferential cash distributions totaling $190.0 million over the Preference Period contingent on the future cash flows of AWN. The preferential cash distribution is cumulative and may be paid beyond the Preference Period until the entire $190.0 million is paid. We funded the purchase by borrowing $100.0 million under our Amended Senior Credit Facility on July 17, 2013.  We have also agreed to provide AWN a $50.0 million working capital line of credit.

We will manage AWN and receive a management fee of 4% of free cash flow as defined in the Wireless Agreement in the first two years of operations.  The management fee will increase to 6% in the third and fourth years of the agreement and to 8% after the fourth year of the agreement.  The management fee will be paid before distributions to the owners.

On November 1, 2013, we closed the transactions under the asset purchase agreements, pursuant to which Denali Media Holdings, Corp., a wholly owned subsidiary of GCI, through its wholly owned subsidiaries, Denali Media Anchorage, Corp. and Denali Media Southeast, Corp., agreed to purchase three Alaska broadcast stations for a total of $7.6 million.

We have entered into several financing arrangements under the New Markets Tax Credit (“NMTC”) program which have provided a total of $32.3 million in net cash to help fund the extension of terrestrial broadband service for the first time to rural Northwestern Alaska communities via a high capacity hybrid fiber optic and microwave network.  When completed, the project, called TERRA-NW, will connect to our TERRA-Southwest network and provide a high capacity backbone connection from the served communities to the Internet.  We began construction on TERRA-NW in 2012 and expect to complete all current phases of the project in 2014.  We placed into service Phase 1 and Phase 2 of the TERRA-NW project on January 3, 2013 and November 5, 2013, respectively.  The total net cash received under the NMTC program is recorded as restricted cash and included in Other Assets on our Consolidated Balance Sheets.  We have used $29.3 million of restricted cash to fund cumulative TERRA-NW capital expenditures through December 31, 2013.  We plan to fund an additional $10.0 million to complete TERRA-NW.

On February 28, 2014, the FCC announced our winning bids in the Tribal Mobility Fund I auction for a $41.4 million grant to partially fund expansion of our 3G wireless network, or better, to locations in Alaska where we would not otherwise be able to construct within our return-on-investment requirements. We must file a long-form application with the FCC by April 4, 2014, which must be reviewed for final approval, before the award can be issued. 

While our short-term and long-term financing abilities are believed to be adequate as a supplement to internally generated cash flows to fund capital expenditures and acquisitions as opportunities arise, turmoil in the global financial markets may negatively impact our ability to further access the capital markets in a timely manner and on attractive terms, which may have a negative impact on our ability to grow our business.

We monitor the third-party depository institutions that hold our cash and cash equivalents. Our emphasis is primarily on safety of principal and secondarily on maximizing yield on those funds.

Our net cash flows provided by and (used for) operating, investing and financing activities, as reflected in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for 2013 and 2012, are summarized as follows (amounts in thousands):

 
2013
 
2012
Operating activities
$
159,634

 
152,783

Investing activities
(266,351
)
 
(168,905
)
Financing activities
127,197

 
11,226

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
$
20,480

 
(4,896
)


41

Operating Activities
The increase in cash flows provided by operating activities from 2012 to 2013 is due to an increase in net income that was partially offset by an increase in accounts receivable due to the timing of receipt of payments.

Investing Activities
Net cash used in investing activities consists primarily of cash paid for capital expenditures and $100.0 million to purchase wireless network assets from ACS as part of the close of the AWN transaction.  Our most significant recurring investing activity has been capital expenditures and we expect that this will continue in the future.  A significant portion of our capital expenditures is based on the level of customer growth and the technology being deployed.

Our cash expenditures for property and equipment, including construction in progress, totaled $180.6 million and $146.0 million during 2013 and 2012, respectively.  Our capital expenditures increased in 2013 primarily due an increase in spending to expand our network.  Depending on available opportunities and the amount of cash flow we generate during 2014, we expect our 2014 expenditures to total $170.0 million including core and non-core operations and excluding real estate acquisitions and an extension of satellite lease capacity.

Financing Activities
Net cash provided by financing activities in 2013 consists primarily of proceeds from borrowing $100.0 million under the term loan portion of our Amended Senior Credit Facility to fund the purchase of wireless network assets from ACS as part of the close of the AWN transaction and borrowings under the revolving portion of our Amended Senior Credit Facility. These proceeds were partially offset by repayments of Rural Utilities Service ("RUS") debt and repurchases of our common stock. Proceeds from borrowings fluctuate from year to year based on our liquidity needs.  We may use excess cash to make optional repayments on our debt or repurchase our common stock depending on various factors, such as market conditions.

Available Borrowings Under Amended Senior Credit Facility
Our Amended Senior Credit Facility includes a $240.0 million term loan and a $150.0 million revolving credit facility with a $25.0 million sublimit for letters of credit.  We had $229.0 million outstanding under the term loan at December 31, 2013.  Under the revolving portion of the Amended Senior Credit Facility we have borrowed $32.0 million and have $4.4 million of letters of credit outstanding, which leaves $124.6 million available for borrowing as of December 31, 2013.  A total of $261.0 million is outstanding as of December 31, 2013.

Debt Covenants
We are subject to covenants and restrictions applicable to our $325.0 million in aggregate principal amount of 6 3/4% Senior Notes due 2021 (“2021 Notes”), our $425.0 million in aggregate principal amount of 8.63% Senior Notes due 2019 ("2019 Notes), our Amended Senior Credit Facility, and our RUS loans.  We are in compliance with the covenants, and we believe that neither the covenants nor the restrictions in our indentures or loan documents will limit our ability to operate our business.

Share Repurchases
GCI’s Board of Directors has authorized a common stock buyback program for the repurchase of GCI Class A and Class B common stock in order to reduce the outstanding shares of Class A and Class B common stock.  Under this program, we are currently authorized to make up to $106.0 million of repurchases as of December 31, 2013.  We are authorized to increase our repurchase limit $5.0 million per quarter indefinitely and to use stock option exercise proceeds to repurchase additional shares.  If stock repurchases are less than the total approved quarterly amount the difference may be carried forward and applied against future stock repurchases.  During 2013 we repurchased 1.8 million shares of GCI common stock under the stock buyback program at a cost of $15.6 million.  The common stock buyback program is expected to continue for an indefinite period dependent on leverage, liquidity, company performance, and market conditions and subject to continued oversight by GCI’s Board of Directors. The open market repurchases have and will continue to comply with the restrictions of SEC Rule 10b-18.


42

Schedule of Certain Known Contractual Obligations
The following table details future projected payments associated with certain known contractual obligations as of December 31, 2013 (amounts in thousands):

 
Payments Due by Period
 
Total
 
Less than 1 Year
 
1 to 3 Years
 
4 to 5 Years
 
More Than 5 Years
Long-term debt
$
1,050,425

 
2,836

 
3,101

 
264,287

 
780,201

Interest on long-term debt
427,701

 
67,359

 
134,591

 
129,337

 
96,414

Capital lease obligations, including interest
101,987

 
11,758

 
23,478

 
23,453

 
43,298

Operating lease commitments
204,293

 
37,163

 
58,994

 
42,116

 
66,020

Purchase obligations
37,604

 
37,604

 
—

 
—

 
—

Total contractual obligations
$
1,822,010

 
156,720

 
220,164

 
459,193

 
985,933


Long-term debt listed in the table above includes principal payments on our Amended Senior Credit Facility, 2019 and 2021 Notes and RUS debt.  Interest on the amount outstanding under our Amended Senior Credit Facility is based on variable rates.  We used the current rate paid on our Amended Senior Credit Facility to estimate our future interest payments.  Our 2019 Notes require semi-annual interest payments of $18.3 million through November 2019 and our 2021 Notes require semi-annual interest payments of $11.0 million through June 2021.  Our RUS debt has fixed interest rates ranging from 2.4% to 4.5%.  For a discussion of our 2019 and 2021 Notes, Amended Senior Credit Facility and RUS debt see note 6 in the accompanying “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.”

Capital lease obligations include our obligation to lease transponder capacity on Galaxy 18.  For a discussion of our capital and operating leases, see note 13 in the accompanying “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.” We amended our transponder capacity lease agreement with Intelsat in October 2013 to lease additional transponder capacity on Intelsat's Galaxy 18 spacecraft. As a result, on January 1, 2014 we expect to increase our existing capital lease asset and liability by $9.4 million.

Purchase obligations include cancelable open purchase orders for goods and services for capital projects and normal operations totaling $37.6 million which are not included in our Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2013, because the goods had not been received or the services had not been performed at December 31, 2013.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
We have not created, and are not party to, any special-purpose and off-balance sheet entities for the purpose of raising capital, incurring debt or operating parts of our business that are not consolidated into our financial statements. We do not have any arrangements or relationships with entities that are not consolidated into our financial statements that are reasonably likely to materially affect our liquidity or the availability of our capital resources.

New Accounting Standards
There were various updates recently issued which represented technical corrections to the accounting literature or application to specific industries. None of the updates are expected to a have a material impact on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
Our accounting and reporting policies comply with GAAP.  The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions.  Our financial position and results of operations can be affected by these estimates and assumptions, which are integral to understanding reported results.  Critical accounting policies are those policies that management believes are the most important to the portrayal of our financial condition and results, and require management to make estimates that are difficult, subjective or complex.  Most accounting policies are not considered by management to be critical accounting policies.  Several factors are considered in determining whether or not a policy is critical in the preparation of financial statements.  These factors include, among other things, whether the estimates are significant to the financial statements, the nature of the estimates, the ability to readily validate the estimates with other information including

43

third parties or available prices, and sensitivity of the estimates to changes in economic conditions and whether alternative accounting methods may be utilized under GAAP.  For all of these policies, management cautions that future events rarely develop exactly as forecast, and the best estimates routinely require adjustment.  Management has discussed the development and the selection of critical accounting policies with our Audit Committee.

Those policies and estimates considered to be critical for the year ended December 31, 2013 are described below.

Revenue Recognition
The accounting estimates related to revenues from the Remote high cost, rural health, and schools and libraries USF programs are dependent on various inputs including our estimate of the statewide support cap, our assessment of the impact of new FCC regulations, the potential outcome of FCC proceedings and the potential outcome of USAC contract reviews.  Some of the inputs are subjective and based on our judgment regarding the outcome of certain variables and are subject to upward or downward adjustment in subsequent periods.  Significant changes to our estimates could result in material changes to the revenues we have recorded and could have a material effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Allowance for Doubtful Receivables
We maintain allowances for doubtful receivables for estimated losses resulting from the inability of our customers to make required payments.  We also maintain an allowance for doubtful receivables based on notification that a customer may not have satisfactorily complied with rules necessary to obtain supplemental funding from USAC for services provided by us under our packaged communications offerings to rural hospitals, health clinics and school districts.  We base our estimates on the aging of our accounts receivable balances, financial health of specific customers, regional economic data, changes in our collections process, regulatory requirements, and our customers’ compliance with USAC rules.  If the financial condition of our customers were to deteriorate or if they are unable to emerge from reorganization proceedings, resulting in an impairment of their ability to make payments, additional allowances may be required.  If their financial condition improves, or they emerge successfully from reorganization proceedings, allowances may be reduced.  Such allowance changes could have a material effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Impairment and Useful Lives of Intangible Assets
We had $504.8 million of indefinite-lived intangible assets at December 31, 2013, consisting of cable certificates of $191.6 million, goodwill of $219.0 million, wireless licenses of $91.4 million, and broadcast licenses of $2.8 million.  Our indefinite-lived intangible assets are tested annually for impairment during the fourth quarter and at any time upon the occurrence of certain events or substantive changes in circumstances that indicate the assets might be impaired.

We are allowed to first assess qualitative factors (“Step Zero”) to determine whether it is more likely than not that goodwill is impaired, however, we chose to assess goodwill for impairment using the traditional quantitative two-step process.  The first step of the quantitative goodwill impairment test is used to identify potential impairment by comparing the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount. To determine our reporting units, we evaluate the components one level below the segment level and we aggregate the components if they have similar economic characteristics. As a result of this assessment, our reporting units are the same as our two reportable segments. If the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the second step of the goodwill impairment test compares the implied fair value of the reporting unit's goodwill with the carrying amount of that goodwill.  If the carrying amount of the reporting unit's goodwill exceeds the implied fair value of that goodwill, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to that excess.  The implied fair value of goodwill is determined in the same manner as the amount of goodwill that would be recognized in a business combination.

We are allowed to perform a Step Zero analysis for our annual test over our indefinite-lived intangible assets other than goodwill. However, we chose to test for impairment using the traditional quantitative approach. The impairment test for identifiable indefinite-lived intangible assets other than goodwill consists of a comparison of the estimated fair value of the intangible asset with its carrying value.  If the carrying value of the intangible asset exceeds its fair value, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to that excess.

Our cable certificates are our largest indefinite-lived intangible asset other than goodwill and represent agreements with government entities to construct and operate a video business.  The value of our cable certificates is derived from the economic benefits we receive from the right to solicit new customers and to

44

market new services.  The amount we have recorded for cable certificates is from cable system acquisitions.  The cable certificates are valued under a direct discounted cash flow method whereby the cash flow associated with existing customers is isolated after appropriate contributory asset charges and then projected based on an analysis of customer churn and attrition characteristics.

Our wireless licenses are from the FCC and give us the right to provide wireless service within a certain geographical area.  The amount we have recorded is from acquisitions of wireless companies and auctions of wireless spectrum.  We use comparable market transactions from recent FCC auctions, as appropriate, and a hypothetical build-up method to value our wireless licenses.

Our broadcast licenses are from the FCC and give us the right to broadcast television stations within a certain geographical area. The amount we have recorded is from acquisitions of television stations. We did not perform an impairment test on our broadcast licenses during 2013 since we acquired them in November 2013 when we acquired the television stations pursuant to the Media Agreement.

Goodwill represents the excess of cost over fair value of net assets acquired in connection with a business acquisition.  We use an income approach to determine the fair value of our reporting units for purposes of our goodwill impairment test.  In addition, a market-based approach is used where possible to corroborate the fair values determined by the income approach.

The direct discounted cash flow, hypothetical build-up, and income approach valuation methods require us to make estimates and assumptions including projected cash flows, discount rate, customer churn, and customer behaviors and attrition.  These estimates and assumptions could have a significant impact on whether an impairment charge is recognized and the magnitude of any such impairment charge.  Fair value estimates are made at a specific point in time, based on relevant information.  These estimates are subjective in nature and involve uncertainties and matters of significant judgment and therefore cannot be determined with precision.  Changes in assumptions could significantly affect the estimates.  Events and factors that may be out of our control that could affect the estimates include such things as competitive forces, customer behaviors, change in revenue growth trends, cost structures and technology, and changes in discount rates, performance compared to peers, material and ongoing negative economic trends, and specific industry or market sector conditions.  We may also record impairments in the future if there are changes in long term market conditions, expected future operating results, or laws and regulations that may prevent us from recovering the carrying value of our goodwill, cable certificates, and wireless licenses.

We have allocated all of the goodwill to our reporting units and based on our annual impairment test as of October 31, 2013, the fair value of each reporting unit exceeded the book value by a range between 9% and 34%.  The reporting unit that exceeded the book value by 9% passed the goodwill impairment test by $78.1 million, which we believe is a large margin.  We believe none of our reporting units were close to failing step one of the goodwill impairment test.

Based on our annual impairment test as of October 31, 2013, the fair value of our cable certificates exceeded the book value by 43% and $82.9 million, which we believe is a large margin.  The fair value of our wireless licenses exceeded the book value by 25% and $22.6 million as of October 31, 2013, which we believe is a large margin.  

Valuation Allowance for Net Operating Loss Deferred Tax Assets
Our income tax policy provides for deferred income taxes to show the effect of temporary differences between the recognition of revenue and expenses for financial and income tax reporting purposes and between the tax basis of assets and liabilities and their reported amounts in the financial statements.  We have recorded deferred tax assets of $120.9 million associated with income tax net operating losses that were generated from 2000 to 2013, and that primarily expire from 2020 to 2033, and with charitable contributions that were converted to net operating losses in 2004 to 2007, and that expire in 2024 to 2027, respectively.  We have recorded deferred tax assets of $1.9 million associated with alternative minimum tax credits that do not expire.  Significant management judgment is required in developing our provision for income taxes, including the determination of deferred tax assets and liabilities and any valuation allowances that may be required against the deferred tax assets.  We have not recorded a valuation allowance on the deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2013, based on management’s belief that future reversals of existing temporary differences and estimated future taxable income exclusive of reversing temporary differences and carryforwards will, more likely

45

than not, be sufficient to realize the benefit of these assets over time.  In the event that actual results differ from these estimates or if our historical trends change, we may be required to record a valuation allowance on deferred tax assets, which could have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial position or results of operations.

Other significant accounting policies, not involving the same level of measurement uncertainties as those discussed above, are nevertheless important to an understanding of the financial statements. A complete discussion of our significant accounting policies can be found in note 1 in the accompanying “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.”

Regulatory Developments
See “Part I — Item 1 — Business — Regulation” for more information about regulatory developments affecting us.

Inflation
We do not believe that inflation has a significant effect on our operations.

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk
We are exposed to various types of market risk in the normal course of business, including the impact of interest rate changes.  Our Amended Senior Credit Facility carries interest rate risk.  Amounts borrowed under our Amended Senior Credit Facility bear interest at LIBOR plus 2.75% or less depending upon our Total Leverage Ratio (as defined in the Amended Senior Credit Facility).  Should the LIBOR rate change, our interest expense will increase or decrease accordingly.  As of December 31, 2013, we have borrowed $261.0 million subject to interest rate risk.  On this amount, each 1% increase in the LIBOR interest rate would result in $2.6 million of additional gross interest cost on an annualized basis.  All of our other material borrowings have a fixed interest rate.  We do not hold derivatives.

Item 8. Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
Our consolidated financial statements are filed under this Item, beginning on page 81.  Our supplementary data is filed under Item 7, beginning on page 31.

Item 9. Changes In and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
None.

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
We maintain disclosure controls and procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in reports that we file or submit under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Exchange Act”) is recorded, processed, summarized, accumulated and communicated to our management, including our principal executive and financial officers, to allow timely decisions regarding required financial disclosure, and reported as specified in the SEC’s rules and forms.  As of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K, we carried out an evaluation of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our “disclosure controls and procedures” (as defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a - 15(e)) under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer.  Based on that evaluation and as described below under “Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting," our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer, concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of December 31, 2013.

The certifications attached as Exhibits 31 and 32 to this report should be read in conjunction with the disclosures set forth herein.

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f). Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer, we conducted an evaluation of

46

the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based on the framework in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations (COSO) in 1992.

On July 22, 2013, we closed the transactions under the Wireless Agreement entered into on June 4, 2012, pursuant to which the parties agreed to contribute the respective wireless network assets of GCI, ACS and their affiliates to AWN. We have excluded from our assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013, AWN's internal control over financial reporting associated with net revenue of $13.8 million included in our consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2013.  

Based on our evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, our management concluded that as of December 31, 2013, we maintained effective internal control over financial reporting.

Grant Thornton LLP, our independent registered public accounting firm, has issued an audit report on our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013, which is included in Item 8 of this Form 10-K.

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
During the quarter ended December 31, 2013, we implemented internal controls over financial reporting related to revenue recognition from ACS's retail subscribers. There were no other changes in our internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) of the Exchange Act) identified in connection with the evaluation of our controls performed during the quarter ended December 31, 2013, that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

A company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with GAAP.  A company's internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Internal control over financial reporting has inherent limitations. Internal control over financial reporting is a process that involves human diligence and compliance and is subject to lapses in judgment and breakdowns resulting from human failures.  Internal control over financial reporting also can be circumvented by collusion or improper management override.  Because of such limitations, there is a risk that material misstatements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis by internal control over financial reporting.  However, these inherent limitations are known features of the financial reporting process.  Therefore, it is possible to design into the process safeguards to reduce, though not eliminate, this risk.

We may enhance, modify, and supplement internal controls and disclosure controls and procedures based on experience.

Item 9B. Other Information
None.

47

Part III

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

Identification

As of December 31, 2013, our board consisted of nine director positions, divided into three classes of directors serving staggered three-year terms.

A director on our board is elected at an annual meeting of shareholders and serves until the earlier of his or her resignation or removal, or his or her successor is elected and qualified.  Our executive officers generally are appointed at our board's meeting immediately preceding each annual meeting of shareholders and serve at the discretion of the board.

The following table sets forth certain information about our directors and executive officers as of December 31, 2013:

Name
Age
Position
Stephen M. Brett1
73
Chairman, Director
Ronald A. Duncan1
61
President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
John M. Lowber
64
Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, and Treasurer retired effective January 1, 2014
Peter J. Pounds
40
Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, and Secretary effective January 1, 2014
G. Wilson Hughes
68
The Alaska Wireless Network Chief Executive Officer
William C. Behnke
56
Senior Vice President
Martin E. Cary
49
Vice President – General Manager, Managed Broadband Services
Gregory F. Chapados
56
Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer
Paul E. Landes
55
Senior Vice President and General Manager, Consumer Services
Gregory W. Pearce
50
Vice President and General Manager, Business Services
Tina M. Pidgeon
45
Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Government Affairs
Bridget L. Baker1
53
Director
Jerry A. Edgerton1
71
Director
Scott M. Fisher1
47
Director
William P. Glasgow1
55
Director
Mark W. Kroloff1
56
Director
Stephen R. Mooney1
54
Director
James M. Schneider1
61
Director
1The present classification of our board is as follows: (1) Class I – Messrs. Edgerton and Kroloff and Ms. Baker, whose present terms expire at the time of our 2014 annual meeting; (2) Class II – Messrs. Brett, Duncan and Mooney whose present terms expire at the time of our 2015 annual meeting; and (3) Class III – Messrs. Fisher, Glasgow, and Schneider, whose present terms expire at the time of our 2016 annual meeting.
 
 
 
The board, when considering whether directors have the experience, qualifications, attributes or skills, taken as a whole, to enable the board to satisfy its oversight responsibilities effectively in light of the Company's business and structure, focused primarily on each person's background and experience.  We believe that the Company's directors have backgrounds that, when combined, provide us with a board equipped to direct us through an ever challenging course in the segments of the telecommunication business in which we are involved.  Attributes of members of our board include experience in entrepreneurial, cable service, telecommunication, technological and financial aspects of companies similar to, as well as much larger than, us.


48

In particular, our board considered important the following regarding its members.  With regard to Mr. Brett, our board considered his telecommunications and cable experience, as well as his over 40 year experience as a corporate lawyer.  With regard to Ms. Baker, our board considered her experience with broadcast and cable networks. With regards to Messrs. Fisher and Glasgow, our board considered the broad backgrounds of these individuals in finance and their operational experience with cable companies.  With regards to Messrs. Edgerton and Mooney, our board considered the extensive experience and expertise of these individuals in business development in the telecommunications industry.  Our board also considered the broad perspective brought by Mr. Kroloff's experience in operating diverse businesses throughout Alaska as well as his experience as a lawyer.  With regard to Mr. Schneider, our board considered his significant financial and accounting experience including his time spent as Chief Financial Officer of a large public company.

Our board also considered the many years of experience with the Company represented by Mr. Duncan, our President and Chief Executive Officer.  He has been with the Company since he co-founded it.

Many of our directors, including Messrs. Edgerton, Glasgow, Kroloff, Mooney and Schneider, were initially proposed for nomination by (or, in the case of Mr. Kroloff, through a request from Mr. Duncan to) holders of significant amounts of Company shares.  Our board has retained each of these directors, even after the shareholders have exited the Company or no longer have retained a right to nominate a director, due to the valued expertise our board feels they provide as members.

Stephen M. Brett.  Mr. Brett has served as Chairman of our board since June 2005 and as a director on our board since January 2001.  He has been of counsel to Sherman & Howard, L.L.C., a law firm, since January 2001.  He was Senior Executive Vice President for AT&T Broadband from March 1999 to April 2000.  His present term as a director on our board expires at the time of our 2015 annual meeting.

Ronald A. Duncan.  Mr. Duncan is a co-founder of the Company and has served as a director on our board since 1979.  Mr. Duncan has served as our President and Chief Executive Officer since January 1989.  His present term as director on the board expires at the time of our 2015 annual meeting.

John M. Lowber.  Mr. Lowber served as our Chief Financial Officer since January 1987, as our Secretary and Treasurer since July 1988 and as one of our Senior Vice Presidents since December 1989. Mr. Lowber retired from the Company effective as of January 1, 2014.

Peter J. Pounds. Mr. Pounds became our Chief Financial Officer and one of our Senior Vice Presidents effective January 1, 2014. Prior to that he served as Vice President, Finance since 2009. Prior to that, he served as Senior Financial Analyst.

G. Wilson Hughes.  Mr. Hughes has served as the Chief Executive Officer of The Alaska Wireless Network, LLC since July 22, 2013. Prior to that he served as Executive Vice President – Wireless from June 4, 2012 to July 22, 2013.  Prior to that, he served as Executive Vice President and General Manager from June 1991 to June 4, 2012.

William C. Behnke.  Mr. Behnke has served as one of our Senior Vice Presidents since January 2001.

Martin E. Cary.  Mr. Cary has served as our Vice President – General Manager, Managed Broadband Services since September 2004.

Gregory F. Chapados.  Mr. Chapados has served as our Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer since June 2012.  Prior to that, he served as one of our Senior Vice Presidents from June 2006 to June 2012.

Paul E. Landes.  Mr. Landes has served as one of our Senior Vice Presidents and as General Manager, Consumer Services since December 2010.  Prior to that, he served as our Vice President and General Manager, Consumer Services from September 2005 to December 2010.

Gregory W. Pearce.  Mr. Pearce has served as our Vice President and General Manager, Business Services since June 2010.  Prior to that, he served as our Vice President and General Manager, Commercial Services beginning in September 2005.


49

Tina M. Pidgeon.  Ms. Pidgeon has served as our Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Government Affairs, since September 2010.  Prior to that, she served as our Vice President, Federal Regulatory Affairs from January 2003 to September 2010.

Bridget L. Baker. Ms. Baker has served as a director on our board since July 2013. Since January 2013, she has been a Principal of Baker Media, Inc., an entertainment and media consulting firm that she founded. From 2006 to 2012, she was NBCUniversal's President of TV Networks where she oversaw the North American distribution of NBCUniversal's content across the cable, satellite, and telecommunications industry. Her present term as a director on our board expires at the time of our 2014 annual meeting.

Jerry A. Edgerton.  Mr. Edgerton has served as a director on our board since June 2004.  Since January 2013, he has been Chief Executive Officer of Cumulus Solutions, Inc., a provider of visual collaboration tools. From September 2011 to December 2012, he was President of Global Services for iNETWORKS Group, Inc., a comprehensive telecommunications solutions provider.  From July 2009 to August 2011, he was President of Government Markets for Core 180, a network integrator for large governmental and commercial customers.  From November 2007 to May 2009, he was Chief Executive Officer for Command Information, Inc., a next generation Internet service company.  From April 2007 to October 2007, Mr. Edgerton was an advisor on matters affecting the telecommunications industry as well as the U.S. government.  Prior to that and from January 2006 to April 2007, he was Group President of Verizon Federal.  Prior to that and from November 1996, he was Senior Vice President – Government Markets for MCI Communications Corporation, an affiliate of MCI, which was later acquired by Verizon Communications, Inc.  His present term as a director on our board expires at the time of our 2014 annual meeting.

Scott M. Fisher.  Mr. Fisher has served on our board since December 2005.  From 1998 to the present, he has been a partner of Fisher Capital Partners, Ltd., a private equity and real estate investment company located in Denver, Colorado.  During that time, Fisher Capital owned and operated Peak Cablevision, a multiple system cable television operator with approximately 120,000 subscribers.  At Peak Cablevision, Mr. Fisher was responsible for television programming and corporate development.  From June 1990 to April 1998, he was Vice President at The Bank of New York and BNY Capital Resources Corporation, an affiliate of The Bank of New York, where he worked in the corporate lending and commercial leasing departments.  Mr. Fisher serves on the advisory boards of several private companies.  His present term as director on our board expires at the time of our 2016 annual meeting.

William P. Glasgow.  Mr. Glasgow has served as a director on our board since 1996.  From 2005 to the present, Mr. Glasgow has been Chief Executive Officer of AmericanWay Education.  From 1999 to December 2004, he was President/CEO of Security Broadband Corp.  From 2000 to the present Mr. Glasgow has been President of Diamond Ventures, L.L.C., a Texas limited liability company and sole general partner of Prime II Management, L.P., and Prime II Investments, L.P., both of which are Delaware limited partnerships.  Since 1996, he has been President of Prime II Management, Inc., a Delaware corporation, which was formerly the sole general partner of Prime II Management, L.P.  His present term as a director on our board expires at the time of our 2016 annual meeting.

Mark W. Kroloff.  Mr. Kroloff has served as a director on our board since February 2009.  Since January 2010, he has been a principal at First Alaskan Capital Partners, LLC, an investment firm.  From May 2005 to December 2009, he was Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of Arctic Slope Regional Corporation ("ASRC"), an Alaska Native regional corporation formed pursuant to the Alaska Native Claims Settlement Act.  From 2001 to April 2005, Mr. Kroloff was Chief Operating Officer of Cook Inlet Region, Inc., also an Alaska Native regional corporation.  Prior to that, from 1989 to 2001 he was Vice President and General Counsel of Cook Inlet Region, Inc.  He also serves on the board of managers for Trilogy International Partners, LLC.  Mr. Kroloff's present term as a director on our board expires at the time of our 2014 annual meeting.

Stephen R. Mooney.  Mr. Mooney has served as a director on our board since January 1999.  He has been a Partner at Chessiecap Securities, Inc., an investment bank specializing in technology and telecommunications services based in Maryland since 2012.  From April 2010 to 2012, Mr. Mooney was a Managing Director with the McClean Group, LLC, a national financial advisory services firm.  From February 2008 to November 2009, Mr. Mooney was Vice President, Business Development for Affiliated Computer Services, Inc., a global information technology and business process outsourcing company.  From January 2006 to September 2007, he was Executive Director, Business Development of VerizonBusiness, a unit of Verizon.  Prior to that, he was Vice President, Corporate Development and Treasury Services at MCI beginning in 2002.  From 1999 to 2002, he was Vice President of WorldCom Ventures Fund, Inc.  His present term as a director on our board expires at the time of our 2015 annual meeting.

50


James M. Schneider.  Mr. Schneider has served as a director on our board since July 1994.  He has been Chairman of Frontier Bancshares, Inc. since February 2007.  Prior to that, Mr. Schneider had been Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer for Dell, Inc. from March 2000 to February 2007.  Prior to that, he was Senior Vice President – Finance for Dell Computer Corporation from September 1998 to March 2000.  He served on the board of directors of GAP, Inc. from September 2003 to October 2010.  Mr. Schneider also served on the board of directors of Lockheed Martin Corporation from December 2005 to August 2010.  His present term as a director on our board expires at the time of our 2016 annual meeting.

Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance

During 2013, one of our executive officers (Mr. Chapados) inadvertently failed to file a Form 4 with the SEC that was due on February 4, 2013, however the filing was made on February 12, 2013. Another executive officer (Mr. Hughes) inadvertently failed to file a Form 4 with the SEC that was due on January 18, 2013, however the filing was made on January 29, 2013. Additionally, Ms. Pidgeon, an executive officer, inadvertently failed to file Forms 4 with the SEC that were due on March 12, 2013 and April 1, 2013, however, both filings were made by March 18, 2013 and April 2, 2013, respectively. Ms. Pidgeon also failed to file a Form 4 with the SEC that was due on April 12, 2013, however, the filing was made on August 9, 2013. Mr. Landes, an executive officer, inadvertently failed to file a Form 4 with the SEC that was due on December 13, 2013, however the filing was made on March 5, 2014.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

Our current Code of Business Conduct and Ethics ("Ethics Code"), was adopted by our board in 2013.  It applies to all of our officers, directors and employees.  The Ethics Code takes as its basis a set of business principles adopted by our board several years ago.  It also builds upon the basic requirements for a code of ethics as required by federal securities law and rules adopted by the SEC.

Through our Ethics Code, we reaffirm our course of business conduct and ethics as based upon key values and characteristics and through adherence to a clear code of ethical conduct.  Our Ethics Code promotes honest and ethical conduct, including ethical handling of actual or apparent conflicts of interest between personal and professional relationships of our employees.  It also promotes full, fair, accurate, timely and understandable disclosure in our reports and documents filed with, or submitted to, the SEC and other public communications made by us.  Our Ethics Code further promotes compliance with applicable governmental laws, rules and regulations, internal reporting of violations of the code to appropriate persons as identified in the code and accountability for adherence to the code.

A copy of our Ethics Code is displayed on our Internet website at www.gci.com.  Except for the Ethics Code, and any other documents specifically incorporated herein, no information contained on the Company’s website shall be incorporated by reference in this Form 10-K.

No Change in Nominating Procedure

There were no changes made during 2013 to the procedure by which our shareholders may recommend nominees to our board.

Litigation and Regulatory Matters

We were, as of December 31, 2013, involved in several administrative and civil action matters primarily related to our telecommunications markets in Alaska and the remaining 49 states and other regulatory matters.  These actions are discussed in more detail elsewhere in this report.  See "Part I – Item 3 – Legal Proceedings."  However, as of that date, our board was unaware of any legal proceedings in which one or more of our directors, officers, affiliates or owners of record or beneficially of more than 5% of any class of our voting securities, or any associates of the previously listed persons were parties adverse to us or any of our subsidiaries.  Furthermore, as of that date, our board was unaware of any events occurring during the past 10 years materially adverse to an evaluation of the ability or integrity of any director, person nominated to become a director or executive officer of the Company.

In December 2010, Mr. Schneider settled charges brought against him by the SEC for actions that allegedly took place when he was the chief financial officer at Dell, Inc.  Mr. Schneider is no longer employed by Dell, Inc.  He

51

settled the charges and consented to the issuance of an SEC administrative order without admitting or denying the SEC's findings, with limited exceptions.  The limited exceptions are acknowledgment of the SEC's jurisdiction over Mr. Schneider and the subject matter of the SEC proceedings brought against him, and the SEC findings with respect to litigation involving that company and certain of its senior executive officers including Mr. Schneider.  The court in that litigation entered an order permanently enjoining Mr. Schneider, by consent, from future violations of specified provisions of federal securities law.  Mr. Schneider agreed to pay, as specified in the court's order, $3 million as a civil money penalty and $83,096 in disgorgement of ill-gotten gains, as well as $38,640 in prejudgment interest.  In the settlement with the SEC, Mr. Schneider has further consented to his suspension from appearing or practicing before the SEC as an accountant for at least five years, after which time he may request reinstatement by application to the SEC.  As of December 31, 2013, Mr. Schneider was making payments in accordance with the terms of the court order.

Audit Committee, Audit Committee Financial Expert

We have a board audit committee ("Audit Committee") comprised of several members of our board, i.e., Messrs. Mooney (Chair), Fisher, and Glasgow.

Our Audit Committee is governed by, and carries out its responsibilities under, an Audit Committee Charter, as adopted and amended from time to time by our board ("Audit Committee Charter").  The charter sets forth the purpose of the Audit Committee and its membership prerequisites and operating principles.  It also requires our Audit Committee to select our independent, registered, public accounting firm to provide for us accounting and audit services ("External Accountant") and sets forth other primary responsibilities.  A copy of our Audit Committee Charter is available to our shareholders on our Internet website: www.gci.com.

The Nasdaq corporate governance listing standards require that at least one member of our Audit Committee must have past employment experience in finance or accounting, requisite professional certification in accounting, or comparable experience or background which results in the individual's "financial sophistication."  This financial sophistication may derive from the person being or having been a chief executive officer, chief financial officer or other senior officer with financial oversight responsibilities.

Our board believes that Messrs. Fisher, Glasgow and Mooney, are audit committee financial experts ("Audit Committee Financial Experts") and also meet the Nasdaq requirements for financial sophistication.  Our board further believes that Messrs. Fisher, Glasgow and Mooney are each an independent director as the term is defined in the Nasdaq Stock Market corporate listing standards (to which the Company is subject), i.e., an individual other than one of our executive officers or employees or any other individual having a relationship which in the opinion of our board would interfere in carrying out the responsibilities of a director ("Independent Director") and are independent as defined by Rule 10A-3(b)(1) under the Exchange Act.

Under the SEC's rules, an Audit Committee Financial Expert is defined as a person who has all of the following attributes:
•
Understanding of GAAP and financial statements.
•
Ability to assess the general application of GAAP in connection with accounting for estimates, accruals and reserves.
•
Experience in preparing, auditing, analyzing or evaluating financial statements that present a breadth and level of complexity of accounting issues that are generally comparable to the breadth and complexity of issues that can reasonably be expected to be raised by our financial statements, or experience actively supervising one or more persons engaged in such activities.
•
Understanding of internal control over financial reporting.
•
Understanding of audit committee functions.


52

The Audit Committee Charter specifies how one may determine whether a person has acquired the attributes of an Audit Committee Financial Expert.  They are one or more of the following:
•
Education and experience as a principal financial officer, principal accounting officer, controller, public accountant or auditor or experience in one or more positions that involved the performance of similar functions.
•
Experience actively supervising a principal financial officer, principal accounting officer, controller, public accountant, auditor or person performing similar functions.
•
Experience overseeing or assessing the performance of companies or public accountants with respect to the preparation, auditing or evaluation of financial statements.
•
Other relevant experience.

Our Audit Committee acts on behalf of our board and generally carries out specific duties including the following, all of which are described in detail in our Audit Committee Charter:
•
Principal Accountant Selection, Qualification – Is directly responsible for appointment, compensation, retention, oversight, qualifications and independence of our External Accountant.
•
Financial Statements – Assists in our board's oversight of integrity of the Company financial statements.
•
Financial Reports, Internal Control – Is directly responsible for oversight of the audit by our External Accountant of our financial reports and reports on internal control.
•
Annual Reports – Prepares reports required to be included in our annual proxy statement.
•
Complaints – Receives and responds to certain complaints relating to internal accounting controls, and auditing matters, confidential, anonymous submissions by our employees regarding questionable accounting or auditing matters, and certain alleged illegal acts or behavior-related conduct in violation of our Ethics Code.  See "Part III – Item 10 – Code of Business Conduct and Ethics."
•
Principal Accountant Disagreements – Resolves disagreements, if any, between our External Accountant and us regarding financial reporting.
•
Non-Audit Services – Reviews and pre-approves any non-audit services (audit-related, tax and other non-audit related services) offered to us by our External Accountant ("Non-Audit Services").
•
Attorney Reports – Addresses certain attorney reports, if any, relating to violation of securities law or fiduciary duty by one of our officers, directors, employees or agents.
•
Related Party Transactions – Reviews certain related party transactions as described elsewhere in this report.  See "Part III – Item 13 – Certain Transactions."
•
Other – Carries out other assignments as designated by our board.

Item 11. Executive Compensation

Compensation Discussion and Analysis

Overview –

Compensation of our executive officers and directors during 2013 was subject to processes and procedures carried out through our Compensation Committee ("Compensation Program").  This compensation discussion and analysis ("Compensation Discussion and Analysis") addresses the material elements of our Compensation Program as applied to our Chief Executive Officer, our Chief Financial Officer, and to each of our three other most highly compensated executive officers other than the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer who were serving

53

as executive officers as of December 31, 2013.  All five of these officers are identified in the Summary Compensation Table ("Named Executive Officers").  See "Part III – Item 11 – Executive Compensation:  Summary Compensation Table."

Both the Compensation Committee and the Company believe that the compensation paid to the Named Executive Officers under our Compensation Program is fair, reasonable, competitive and consistent with our Compensation Principles.  See "Part III – Item 11 – Compensation Discussion and Analysis: Principles of the Compensation Program."

Our Compensation Committee is composed of Messrs. Brett, Edgerton (Chair), Mooney, and Schneider.  All of the members of the committee are considered by our board to be Independent Directors.

Our board adopted a charter for the Compensation Committee during 2013.  The charter of the Compensation Committee guides decisions regarding our Compensation Program, the aspects of which are described elsewhere in this report.  See "Part III – Item 11 – Compensation Discussion and Analysis:  Process."

Our Charter of the Compensation Committee sets forth the scope of authority of our Compensation Committee and requires the committee to carry out the following:
•
Review, on an annual basis, plans and targets for executive officer and board member compensation, if any –
◦
Review is specifically to address expected performance and compensation of, and the criteria on which compensation is based for, the Chief Executive Officer and such other of our executive officers as our board may designate for this purpose.
•
Monitor the effect of ongoing events on, and the effectiveness of, existing compensation policies, goals, and plans –
◦
Events specifically include but are not limited to the status of the premise that all pay systems correlate with our compensation goals and policies.
◦
Report from time to time, its findings to our board.
•
Administer our Amended and Restated 1986 Stock Option Plan ("Stock Option Plan") and approve grants of options and awards pursuant to the plan.
•
Strive to make our compensation plans fair and structured so as to maximize shareholder value.

In carrying out its duties, our Compensation Committee may accept for review and inclusion in its annual review with our board, recommendations from our Chief Executive Officer as to expected performance and compensation of, and the criteria on which compensation is based for, executive officers.  See "Part III – Item 11 – Compensation Discussion and Analysis:  Process."

Principles of the Compensation Program –

Our Compensation Program is based upon the following principles ("Compensation Principles"):
•
Compensation is related to performance and must cause alignment of interests of executive officers with the long term interests of our shareholders.
•
Compensation targets must take into consideration competitive market conditions and provide incentives for superior performance by the Company.
•
Actual compensation must take into consideration the Company's and the executive officer's performance over the prior year and the long term, and the Company's resources.
•
Compensation is based upon both qualitative and quantitative factors.
•
Compensation must enable the Company to attract and retain management necessary to cause the Company to succeed.


54

Process –

Overview.  Our Compensation Committee reviews and approves the base salary, incentive and other compensation of our Chief Executive Officer and senior executive officers, including the Named Executive Officers.  The analyses and recommendations of the Chief Executive Officer on these matters may be considered by our Compensation Committee in its deliberations and approvals.

Other elements of executive compensation and benefits as described in this section are also reviewed by our Compensation Committee on a regular basis.

Implementation.  Discussions on executive compensation and benefits made by the Compensation Committee have been guided by our Compensation Principles.  The elements of compensation as described later in this section are believed by the Compensation Committee to be integral and necessary parts of the Compensation Program.

Our Compensation Committee has concluded that each individual segment of each element of executive compensation continues generally to be consistent with one or more of our Compensation Principles.  Our Compensation Committee has further concluded the amount of compensation provided by the segment is reasonable, primarily based upon a comparison of the compensation amounts and segments we provide when compared to those offered by other similar companies in our industry and in our market.

Our process for determining executive compensation and benefits does not involve a precise and identifiable formula or link between each element and our Compensation Principles.  However, it takes into consideration market practice and information provided by our management.  Furthermore, it is based upon the relationship of compensation as shall be paid and financial performance of the Company.  It is also the result of discussion among our Compensation Committee members and management.  Ultimately it is based upon the judgment of our Compensation Committee.

Each year our Compensation Committee reviews elements of compensation for each of our senior executive officers including, for 2013, the Named Executive Officers.

In 2010, base salary and incentive stock targets were compared to survey data and amounts offered by a group of similar companies.  The Company's relative financial performance was reviewed in order to determine what a reasonable amount of compensation might be in relation to its peer group.  The compensation peer group is principally made up of the following:
•
Companies in industries similar to our Company.
•
Companies with which our Company competes for executive talent.
•
Our Company's direct business competitors.
•
Companies that compete with our Company for investment dollars.

The compensation peer group list used in determining the reasonableness of our Compensation Program consisted of 16 companies as follows:

Alaska Communications Systems Group, Inc.
Knology, Inc.
C Beyond, Inc.
Mediacom Communications Corp.
Cincinnati Bell, Inc.
Premiere Global Services, Inc.
Consolidated Communications Holdings, Inc.
RCN Corp
Crown Media Holdings, Inc.
SureWest Communications
Equinix, Inc.
Time Warner Telecom, Inc.
Grande Communications
Wave Broadband
Iowa Telecommunications Services, Inc.
XO Holdings, Inc.


55

Individual levels of base compensation were generally targeted to be set within a range of between the 50th and 75th percentile, based upon the executive's individual performance in the prior year relative to his or her peers, the executive's future potential, and the scope of the executive's responsibilities and experience.  Input from the individual executives in terms of their expectation and requirements were considered as well.

We believe this method of setting compensation enables the Company to attract and retain individuals who are necessary to lead and manage the Company while enabling the Company to differentiate between executives and performance levels and responsibility.  The comparison to other companies also allowed the Compensation Committee to determine the reasonableness of the balance between long-term incentive and annual compensation.

The Compensation Committee determined that, in general, base compensation levels for the Company's senior officers were reasonable and within the 50th and 75th percentile when compared to officers of companies in our peer group having comparable financial performance when it completed its review in 2010.

Based on its review in 2010, the Compensation Committee established a four year compensation plan that ended in 2013.  During 2013, the Compensation Committee analyzed such things as the economy and the business environment in which the Company operates to determine if any modifications were needed to the four year compensation plan established during 2010.  Based on its review, the Compensation Committee concluded that that the salaries and incentive compensation established in 2010 were still appropriate for the senior executive officers with a few exceptions.  See “Part III – Item 11 – Compensation Discussion and Analysis: Performance Rewarded.” The Compensation Committee believes the framework established in 2010 continues to provide an effective framework upon which the Compensation Program is based. The Compensation Committee has modified the Compensation Program at its discretion to continue its effectiveness for motivating the senior executive officers and aligning their interests with the long term interests of our shareholders and believes it is appropriate for the next three years.

Elements of Compensation –

Overview.  For 2013, the elements of compensation in our Compensation Program were as follows:
•
Base Salary.
•
Incentive Compensation Bonus Plan ("Incentive Compensation Plan").
•
Stock Option Plan.
•
Perquisites.
•
Retirement and Welfare Benefits.

As of December 31, 2013, there were no compensatory plans or arrangements providing for payments to any of the Named Executive Officers in conjunction with any termination of employment or other working relationship of such an officer with us (including without limitation, resignation, severance, retirement or constructive termination of employment of the officer).  Furthermore, as of that date, there were no such plans or arrangements providing for payments to any of the Named Executive Officers in conjunction with a change of control of us or a change in such an officer's responsibilities to us.  However, in the event of a change in control, all options and restricted stock of our Named Executive Officers will vest.  See "Part III – Item 11 – Executive Compensation:  Potential Payments upon Termination or Change-in-Control."

The Company has no requirements with respect to security ownership by its officers or directors, and it has no policies regarding hedging the economic risk of ownership of Company equity.  Executive officers are invited to provide their input with respect to their compensation to the Compensation Committee primarily through our Chief Executive Officer.

A Named Executive Officer participating in the Compensation Program could, under terms of the corresponding Incentive Compensation Plan agreement with us and pursuant to our Deferred Compensation Plan, elect to defer a significant portion of that compensation.  In this instance, the Named Executive Officer becomes our unsecured creditor.  See "Part III – Item 11 – Nonqualified Deferred Compensation."


56

Base Salary.  Effective January 1, 2013, based upon the process previously described in this section, the base salaries reported in the Summary Compensation Table (see "Part III – Item 11 – Executive Compensation:  Summary Compensation Table") were approved by the Compensation Committee.

Mr. Duncan's base salary reflects cash compensation of $840,000 per year until adjusted by our Compensation Committee.  Mr. Duncan's duties remained unchanged during 2013.  Mr. Duncan’s base salary was increased to $925,000 effective January 1, 2014.  See “Part III – Item 11 – Executive Compensation: Performance Rewarded.”

Mr. Hughes' base salary reflects cash compensation of $362,500 per year and $125,000 credited to his Deferred Compensation Arrangement account with us.  Mr. Hughes was our Executive Vice President – Wireless before we closed the Alaska Wireless Network, LLC (“AWN”) transaction on July 22, 2013 at which time Mr. Hughes became President and Chief Executive Officer of AWN.

Mr. Lowber's base salary reflects cash compensation of $260,000 and $135,000 credited to his Deferred Compensation Arrangement account with us.  His duties remained unchanged during 2013.  Mr. Lowber retired from the Company effective January 1, 2014.

Mr. Chapados' base salary reflects cash compensation of $350,000.  His duties remained unchanged during 2013.  Mr. Chapados base salary was increased to $450,000 effective January 1, 2014. See “Part III – Item 11 – Executive Compensation: Performance Rewarded.”

Mr. Pearce's base salary reflects cash compensation of $160,000.  His duties remained unchanged during 2013.

Incentive Compensation Plan.  Overview – A portion of the Company's compensation to each Named Executive Officer relates to, and is contingent upon, the officer's performance and our financial performance and resources.

Messrs. Duncan, Hughes, Lowber and Chapados – Overview.  In October 2010, our board approved changes to our Incentive Compensation Plan for four of our Named Executive Officers (Messrs. Duncan, Hughes, Lowber and Chapados, collectively "Four Named Executive Officers").  The changes resulted from ongoing discussions during 2009 and 2010 that formed a plan that was in place for those Four Named Executive Officers through 2013. This Incentive Compensation Plan does not apply to the fifth Named Executive Officer, Mr. Pearce.

In the context of the Four Named Executive Officers, the Compensation Committee first determined the targeted annual incentive compensation for each of them.  After setting these targets, the Compensation Committee then split that amount between short-term and long-term incentive compensation.  Both short-term and long-term incentive compensation is paid out in the form of 50% cash and 50% restricted stock grants that vest 100% at the end of three years, unless otherwise determined by the Compensation Committee based on the individual circumstances of each of the Four Named Executive Officer.  Therefore, even the short-term incentive compensation is designed to encourage the focus of these executives on long-term performance.  Annual cash bonuses are intended to reward short-term performance and to make our senior executive compensation packages competitive with comparable executive positions in other companies.

Short-Term Incentive Compensation.  The following table provides a summary of the 2013 short-term incentive compensation targets for the Named Executive Officers:

Name
 
Adjusted EBITDA less Capex Goal
($)
 
Capex Spending
($)
 
Discretionary
($)
 
Total 2013 Short-Term Incentive Compensation Plan Target
($)
Ronald A. Duncan
 
300,000

 
100,000

 
810,000

 
1,210,000

G. Wilson Hughes
 
200,000

 
50,000

 
216,667

 
466,667

John M. Lowber
 
100,000

 
50,000

 
200,000

 
350,000

Gregory F. Chapados
 
150,000

 
50,000

 
300,000

 
500,000



57

The following is a description of what each of these short-term incentive compensation targets are and how they are measured.

Adjusted EBITDA less Capex.  The Adjusted EBITDA less Capex Goal is intended to focus Messrs. Duncan, Lowber and Chapados on increasing the earnings before depreciation and amortization expense, net interest expense, income taxes, share-based compensation expense, accretion expense, income or loss from equity investments, net income or loss attributable to non-controlling interest resulting from New Markets Tax Credit transactions and non-cash contribution adjustment (“Adjusted EBITDA”) less Capex of the Company and in the case of Mr. Hughes on increasing the Adjusted EBITDA less Capex of AWN. The goal is achieved by the Company recording Adjusted EBITDA less Capex that is greater than the targeted Adjusted EBITDA less Capex.

The targets for this metric were $89.9 million in 2013 for Messrs. Duncan, Lowber, and Chapados and $37.6 million for Mr. Hughes who would earn their Target Incentive Compensation for this goal if the metric was exceeded.  In the case of Messrs. Duncan, Lowber, and Chapados, the incentive compensation earned is increased or decreased from the Target Incentive Compensation by 5% for each $1 million that the actual Adjusted EBITDA less Capex is above or below the Adjusted EBITDA less Capex metric. In the case of Mr. Hughes, his incentive compensation earned is increased or decreased from the Target Incentive Compensation by 10% for each $1 million that the actual Adjusted EBITDA less Capex is above or below the Adjusted EBITDA less Capex metric.

Capex Spending.  The Capex Spending target is based on core adjusted cash capex spending ("Capex Spending")not exceeding the goal set forth by our board.  For Messrs. Duncan, Lowber, and Chapados the goal was $150 million in 2013.  In 2013 the targeted incentive for Capex Spending will be paid out at 100% if the total Capex Spending for the year is $150 million or less.  If Capex Spending exceeds $152 million, the payout would reduce in a linear fashion to zero at $156 million.  For 2013, the Capex Spending was $135.6 million.

In the case of Mr. Hughes, the Capex Spending goal for AWN was $35.5 million. In 2013 the targeted incentive for Capex Spending will be paid out at 100% if the total Capex Spending for the year is $35.5 million or less.  If Capex Spending exceeds $37.5 million, the payout would reduce in a linear fashion to zero at $39.5 million.  For 2013, the Capex Spending was $30.0 million.

Discretionary.   The board will take various factors into account when deciding on the payout of the discretionary portion of the plan applying to the Named Executive Officers.  These factors include, but are not limited to, leadership, crisis management, succession planning, strategic planning, risk management, special projects, financial reporting, and compliance with our debt covenants.

The following table summarizes the 2013 short-term incentive compensation achieved by Messrs. Duncan, Hughes, Lowber, and Chapados, each of whom participated in this plan.  The 2013 short-term incentive compensation was paid 50% in cash and 50% issued in the form of restricted stock grants; the majority of the cash portion was paid in 2013 with the remainder paid in 2014:


58

Goals
Ronald A. Duncan
 
G. Wilson Hughes
 
John M. Lowber
 
Gregory F. Chapados
 
Adjusted EBITDA less Capex Goal – Target Incentive Compensation
$
300,000

 
$
200,000

 
$
100,000

 
$
150,000

 
Adjusted EBITDA less Capex Goal Achievement1
244.3

%
345.2

%
244.3

%
244.3

%
2013 Adjusted EBITDA less Capex Incentive Compensation Earned
$
732,900

 
$
690,400

 
$
244,300

 
$
366,450

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Capex Spending
$
100,000

 
$
50,000

 
$
50,000

 
$
50,000

 
Capex Spending Achievement
100

%
100

%
100

%
100

%
2013 Capex Spending Incentive Compensation Earned
$
100,000

 
$
50,000

 
$
50,000

 
$
50,000

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Discretionary
$
810,000

 
$
216,667

 
$
200,000

 
$
300,000

 
Discretionary Achievement2
96.7

%
92.3

%
98.8

%
89.6

%
2013 Discretionary Incentive Compensation Earned
$
783,000

 
$
200,000

 
$
197,500

 
$
268,750

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2013 Short-Term Incentive Compensation Earned
$
1,615,900


$
940,400

 
$
491,800

 
$
685,200

 
_____________

1
The Adjusted EBITDA less Capex metric for 2013 was $89,852,000 for the Company.  Messrs. Duncan, Lowber and Chapados would earn their Target Incentive Compensation for this goal if the Company had Adjusted EBITDA less Capex equal to the metric.  The Target Incentive Compensation is increased or decreased by 5% for each $1 million that the actual Adjusted EBITDA less Capex is above or below the metric.  For 2013, the actual Adjusted EBITDA less Capex was $118,717,000 resulting in actual Adjusted EBITDA less Capex that was $28,865,000 above the metric, therefore, the Target Incentive Compensation was increased by 144.3%.
The Adjusted EBITDA less Capex metric for 2013 was $37,649,000 million for AWN. Mr. Hughes would earn his Target Incentive Compensation for this goal if AWN had Adjusted EBITDA less Capex equal to the metric. The Target Incentive Compensation is increased or decreased by 10% for each $1 million that the actual Adjusted EBITDA less Capex is above or below the metric.  For 2013, the actual Adjusted EBITDA less Capex for AWN was $62,172,000 resulting in actual Free Cash Flow that was $24,523,000 above the metric, therefore, the Target Incentive Compensation was increased by 245.2%.
2 
Our Compensation Committee considered the following factors regarding the Discretionary Achievement of the Named Executive Officers.  With regard to Mr. Duncan, the Compensation Committee took into account his leadership during 2013, performance in developing a strategic plan for key components of our business, diversification and succession planning.  With regard to Mr. Hughes, the Compensation Committee took into account his leadership of the AWN integration, succession planning and the operations of our wireless strategy.  With regard to Mr. Lowber, the Compensation Committee considered his leadership in regards to risk management, management development and financial reporting.  With regard to Mr. Chapados, the Compensation Committee considered, among other thing, his leadership, his operating of the Wireline segment, his strategic and financial planning, and risk management.
_____________

Long-Term Incentive Compensation. $290 million Adjusted EBITDA Plan. The goal of this portion of the Incentive Compensation Plan for the Four Named Executive Officers is to drive long-term Adjusted EBITDA growth. To achieve the target level of payments under the plan, it would be necessary to have $225 million in Adjusted EBITDA in 2011 and $250 million in Adjusted EBITDA in 2013. Effective January 1, 2014, we no longer have a long-term incentive compensation component of our plan since we believe the incentive compensation plan has a long-term component in that incentive compensation is paid 50% in cash and 50% in restricted stock grants that vest 100% at the end of three years. 


59

Goals
Ronald A. Duncan
 
G. Wilson Hughes
 
John M. Lowber
 
Gregory F. Chapados
 
Target Long-Term Incentive Compensation
$
700,000

 
$
500,000

 
$
400,000

 
$
400,000

 
Long-Term Incentive Compensation Goal Achievement1
100.0

%
100.0

%
100.0

%
100.0

%
Long-Term Incentive Compensation Earned
$
700,000

 
$
500,000

 
$
400,000

 
$
400,000

 
_____________

1 
The Adjusted EBITDA metric for 2013 adjusted for USF reform in 2011, changes to Capex and the AWN acquisition was $271.6 million. For 2013, the Company achieved Adjusted EBITDA adjusted for other acquisitions and diversification efforts of $272.2 million resulting in achievement of the target.
_____________

Incentive Compensation Targets.  Based on discussions with our CEO, management and the practices of other companies, our Compensation Committee approved the following incentive compensation targets for our Four Named Executive Officers (excluding Mr. Lowber who retired effective January 1, 2014) which is expected to be in place through 2016:

Name
 
Adjusted EBITDA less Capex Goal
($)
 
Capex Spending
($)
 
Discretionary
($)
 
Total 2014 Incentive Compensation Plan Target
($)
Ronald A. Duncan
 
310,000

 
150,000

 
1,015,000

 
1,475,000

G. Wilson Hughes
 
100,000

 
45,000

 
321,667

 
466,667

Gregory F. Chapados
 
180,000

 
90,000

 
630,000

 
900,000


See “Part III – Item 11 – Executive Compensation: Performance Rewarded” for additional discussion on the calculation of Mr. Duncan's Total 2014 Incentive Compensation Plan Target.

The Compensation Committee may change the incentive compensation amounts between the goals at its discretion.

Mr. Pearce - Mr. Pearce's incentive compensation was paid in accordance with the targeted incentive compensation based on a percentage of the growth of Business Services revenue less its cost of goods sold and its direct expenses compared to the prior year. The Compensation Committee believed that such a payment was appropriate given the strong performance of the Company's Business Services department. The incentive plan for Mr. Pearce for 2014 will be the same as his 2013 incentive plan.

Stock Option Plan.  Options and awards, if granted to the Named Executive Officers, were granted pursuant to terms of our Stock Option Plan.  In particular, the exercise price for options in each instance was the closing price for our Class A common stock on the Nasdaq Global Select Market on the day of the grant of the option.  Options or awards, if granted, were granted contemporaneously with the approval of the Compensation Committee, typically early in the year in question or late in the previous year as described above.  See "Part III – Item 11 – Compensation Discussion and Analysis:  Elements of Compensation – Incentive Compensation Plan."

With limited exceptions (one involving Mr. Duncan, a Named Executive Officer), since mid-2009 we have used restricted stock in place of options.  That is, on February 8, 2010, we granted an option for 150,000 shares of Class A common stock to Mr. Duncan.  That option vested on February 8, 2012.

We adopted our stock option plan in 1986.  It has been subsequently amended from time to time and presently is our Stock Option Plan, i.e., our Amended and Restated 1986 Stock Option Plan.  Under our Stock Option Plan, we are authorized to grant awards and options to purchase shares of Class A common stock to selected officers, directors and other employees of, and consultants or advisors to, the Company and its subsidiaries.  The options

60

are more specifically referred to as nonstatutory stock options or incentive stock options within Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended ("Internal Revenue Code").  In addition, under the Stock Option Plan restricted stock awards may be granted as further described below.  The selection of grantees for options and awards under the plan is made by our Compensation Committee.

The number of shares of Class A common stock allocated to the Stock Option Plan is 15.7 million shares.  The number of shares for which options or awards may be granted is subject to adjustment upon the occurrence of stock dividends, stock splits, mergers, consolidations and certain other changes in corporate structure or capitalization.  As of December 31, 2013, there were 0.6 million shares subject to outstanding options under the Stock Option Plan, 1.2 million shares granted subject to vesting, 3.4 million share grants had vested, 8.6 million shares had been issued upon the exercise of options under the plan, 1.3 million shares repurchased by the plan and 3.2 million shares remained available for additional grants under the plan.

Restricted stock awards granted under the Stock Option Plan may be subject to vesting conditions based upon service or performance criteria as the Compensation Committee may specify.  These specifications may include attainment of one or more performance targets.  Shares acquired pursuant to such an award may not be transferred by the participant until vested.  Unless otherwise provided by the Compensation Committee, a participant will forfeit any shares of restricted stock where the restrictions have not lapsed prior to the participant's termination of service with us.  Participants holding restricted stock will have the right to vote the shares and to receive dividends paid, if any.  However, those dividends or other distributions paid in shares will be subject to the same restrictions as the original award.

Our Compensation Committee selects each grantee and the time of grant of an option or award and determines the terms of each grant, including the number of shares covered by each grant and the exercise price.  In selecting a participant, as well as in determining these other terms and conditions of each grant, our Compensation Committee takes into consideration such factors as it deems, in its sole discretion, relevant in connection with accomplishing the purpose of the plan.

Under our Stock Option Plan, our authority to modify or amend the plan is subject to prior approval of our shareholders only in cases of increasing the number of shares of our stock allocated to, and available and reserved for, issuance under the plan, changing the class of persons eligible to receive incentive stock options or where shareholder approval is required under applicable law, regulation or rule.  One such law requiring shareholder approval before the Company may rely on it is Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code.

Subject to these limitations, the Company may terminate or amend the Stock Option Plan at any time.  However, no termination or amendment may affect any outstanding option or award unless expressly provided by the Compensation Committee.  In any event, no termination or amendment of the plan may adversely affect an outstanding option or award without the consent of the participant unless necessary to comply with applicable law, regulation or rule.

With limited exception, no maximum or minimum exists with regard to the amount, either in dollars or in numbers, of options that may be exercised in any year, either by a single optionee or by all optionees under our Stock Option Plan.  At the 2002 annual meeting, our shareholders approved an amendment to the plan placing a limitation on accumulated grants of options of not more than 500,000 shares of Class A common stock per optionee per year.

With these exceptions, there are no fixed limitations on the number or amount of securities being offered, other than the practical limitations imposed by the number of employees eligible to participate in the plan and the total number of shares of stock authorized and available for granting under the plan.   Shares covered by options which have terminated or expired for any reason prior to their exercise are available for grant of new options pursuant to the plan.


61

Perquisites.  The Company provides certain perquisites to its Named Executive Officers.  The Compensation Committee believes these perquisites are reasonable and appropriate and consistent with our awareness of perquisites offered by similar publicly traded companies.  The perquisites assist in attracting and retaining the Named Executive Officers and, in the case of certain perquisites, promote health, safety and efficiency of our Named Executive Officers.  These perquisites are as follows:
•
Use of Company Leased Aircraft – The Company permits employees, including the Named Executive Officers, to use Company aircraft for personal travel for themselves and their guests.  Such travel generally is limited to a space available basis on flights that are otherwise business-related.  Where a Named Executive Officer, or a guest of that officer, flies on a space available basis, the additional variable cost to the Company (such as fuel, catering, and landing fees) is de minimus.  As a result, no amount is reflected in the Summary Compensation Table for that flight.  Where the additional variable cost to the Company occurs on such a flight for solely personal purposes of that Named Executive Officer or guest, that cost is included in the Summary Compensation Table entry for that officer.  Because it is rare for a flight to be purely personal in nature, fixed costs (such as hangar expenses, crew salaries and monthly leases) are not included in the Summary Compensation Table.  In any case, in the event such a cost is non-deductible by the Company under the Internal Revenue Code, the value of that lost deduction is included in the Summary Compensation Table entry for that Named Executive Officer.  When employees, including the Named Executive Officers, use Company aircraft for such travel they are attributed with taxable income in accordance with regulations pursuant to the Internal Revenue Code.  The Company does not "gross up" or reimburse an employee for taxes he or she owes on such attributed income.  The variable cost of the aircraft for personal travel, if any, is included in the respective entries in the Summary Compensation Table.  See "Part III – Item 11 – Executive Compensation:  Summary Compensation Table."
•
Enhanced Long Term Disability Benefit – The Company provides the Named Executive Officers and other senior executive officers of the Company with an enhanced long term disability benefit.  This benefit provides a supplemental replacement income benefit of 60% of average monthly compensation capped at $10,000 per month.  The normal replacement income benefit applying to other of our employees is capped at $5,000 per month.
•
Enhanced Short Term Disability Benefit – The Company provides the Named Executive Officers and other senior executive officers of the Company with an enhanced short term disability benefit.  This benefit provides a supplemental replacement income benefit of 66 2/3% of average monthly compensation, capped at $2,300 per week.  The normal replacement income benefit applying to other of our employees is capped at $1,150 per week.
•
Miscellaneous – Aside from benefits offered to its employees generally, the Company provided miscellaneous other benefits to its Named Executive Officers including the following (see "Part III – Item 11 – Executive Compensation:  Summary Compensation Table – Components of 'All Other Compensation'"):
◦
Success Sharing – An incentive program offered to all of our employees that shares 15% of the excess earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization and share based compensation expense over the highest previous year ("Success Sharing").
◦
Board Fees – Provided to Mr. Duncan as one of our directors. The Compensation Committee believes that it is appropriate to provide such board fees to Mr. Duncan given the additional oversight responsibilities and the accompanying liability incumbent upon members of our board.  In determining the appropriate amount of overall compensation payable to Mr. Duncan in his capacity as  Chief Executive Officer, the Compensation Committee does take into account any such board fees that are payable to Mr. Duncan.  This monitoring of Mr. Duncan's overall compensation package for services rendered as Chief Executive Officer and as a director is done to ensure that Mr. Duncan is not being doubly compensated for the same services rendered to the Company.

Retirement and Welfare Benefits – GCI 401(k) Plan.  In January 1987, we adopted an Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“GCI 401(k) Plan”) qualified under Section 401 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986. The GCI 401(k) Plan provides for acquisition of GCI’s Class A common stock at market value as well as various mutual funds. We may match a percentage of the employees' contributions up to certain limits, decided by GCI’s Board of Directors each year. Named Executive Officers may, along with our employees generally, participate in our GCI 401(k) Plan in which we may provide matching contributions in accordance with the terms of the plan.

62


As of December 31, 2013, there remained 5,028,217 shares of Class A and 463,989 shares of Class B common stock allocated to our GCI 401(k) Plan and available for issuance by us or otherwise acquisition by the plan for the benefit of participants in the plan.

– Deferred Compensation Plan and Arrangements.  The Company provides to certain of our employees, including our executive officers and Named Executive Officers, opportunities to defer certain compensation under our nonqualified, unfunded, deferred compensation plan ("Deferred Compensation Plan").  In addition, we offer to our executive officers and to certain of our Named Executive Officers nonqualified, deferred compensation arrangements more specifically fashioned to the needs of the officer and us ("Deferred Compensation Arrangements").  During 2013, none of our officers participated in the Deferred Compensation Plan.  However, during 2013, two of our officers, both Named Executive Officers, participated in Deferred Compensation Arrangements specifically fashioned to their respective needs.  These Deferred Compensation Arrangements enable these individuals to defer compensation in excess of limits that apply to qualified plans, like our GCI 401(k) Plan, and to pursue other income tax goals which they set for themselves.

Based upon its review of the Deferred Compensation Arrangements, our Compensation Committee concluded that the benefits provided under them are in each case both reasonable and an important tool in retaining the executive officers involved with those arrangements.

– Welfare Benefits.  With the exception of the enhanced long term and short term disability benefits described previously, the Company provided to the Named Executive Officers the same health and welfare benefits provided generally to all other employees of the Company at the same general premium rates as charged to those employees.  The cost of the health and welfare programs is subsidized by the Company for all eligible employees including the Named Executive Officers.

Performance Rewarded –

Our Compensation Program is, in large part, designed to reward individual performance.  What constitutes performance varies from officer to officer, depending upon the nature of the officer's responsibilities.  Consistent with the Compensation Program, the Company identified key business metrics and established defined targets related to those metrics for each Named Executive Officer.  In the case of each Named Executive Officer, the targets were regularly reviewed by management, from time to time, and provided an immediate and clear picture of performance and enabled management to respond quickly to both potential problems as well as potential opportunities.  The Compensation Program also was used to establish and track corresponding applicable targets for individual management employees.

In 2013, the Compensation Program was used in the development of each Named Executive Officer's individual performance goals and established incentive compensation targets.  The Compensation Committee evaluated the performance of each of the executive officers and the financial performance of the Company and awarded incentive compensation as described above.  See "Part III – Item 11 – Compensation Discussion and Analysis:  Elements of Compensation – Incentive Compensation Plan."

In 2013, our Compensation Committee determined to increase the cash component of Mr. Chapados’ base salary from $350,000 to $450,000 effective January 1, 2014.  The increase to the cash component of Mr. Chapados’ base salary was to compensate him for the additional responsibilities resulting from the increased growth of the Company. 

In 2013, our Compensation Committee increased the cash component of Mr. Duncan's base salary from $840,000 to $925,000 effective January 1, 2014. In addition, the Compensation Committee increased Mr. Duncan's annual Incentive Compensation target (exclusive of the former long-term incentive component) from $1,210,000 to $1,475,000 effective January 1, 2014. The increases to Mr. Duncan's base salary and Incentive Compensation are to compensate him for the additional responsibilities resulting from the growth of the Company. The amounts disclosed under Part III – Item 11 – Short-Term Incentive Compensation – 2014 Incentive Compensation Targets reflect the increase to Mr. Duncan’s 2014 incentive compensation target.

In 2013, our Compensation Committee modified the calculation of Mr. Duncan's Incentive Compensation target. Mr. Duncan's incentive compensation target will be calculated by multiplying the sum of his base salary, director cash

63

compensation, estimated value of stock grant for service as a director, and incentive compensation ("Total Compensation") by the percentage increase in Adjusted EBITDA from Adjusted EBITDA in 2013 and adding that to his target incentive compensation.

Timing of Equity Awards –

Overview.  Timing of equity awards under our Director Compensation Plan and equity awards under our Compensation Program varies with the plan or portion of that program.  However, the Company does not, and has not in the past, timed its release of material nonpublic information for purposes of affecting the value of equity compensation.  Timing issues and our grant policy are described further below.

Director Compensation Plan.  As a part of the Director Compensation Plan, we grant awards of our common stock to board members, including those persons who may also be serving as one or more of our executive officers.  Mr. Duncan, a board member and Named Executive Officer, has been granted such awards in the past.  These awards are made annually in June of each year in accordance with the terms of the Director Compensation Plan.  The awards are made through our Stock Option Plan.  See "Part III – Item 11 – Compensation Discussion and Analysis:  Elements of Compensation – Stock Option Plan."

Incentive Compensation Plan.  As a part of our Compensation Program, from time to time, we grant stock options and awards in our Class A common stock to our executive officers, including the Named Executive Officers.  In particular, stock options and awards are granted in conjunction with the agreements that we enter into with Named Executive Officers pursuant to our Incentive Compensation Plan.  The grants of such options and awards are typically made early in the year at the time our board finalizes the prior year incentive compensation plan payouts for each of the Named Executive Officers.  All such options and awards are granted through the Stock Option Plan.  See "Part III – Item 11 – Compensation Discussion and Analysis:  Elements of Compensation – Incentive Compensation Plan" and "– Elements of Compensation – Stock Option Plan."

Stock Option Plan.  As a part of our Compensation Program, from time to time, we grant stock options or awards in our Class A common stock to our executive officers, including the Named Executive Officers, and to certain of our advisors.  In the case of an executive officer, these options or awards may be granted regardless of whether there is in place an agreement entered into with the officer under our Incentive Compensation Plan.  In the case of a new hire and where we choose to grant options or awards, the grant may be done at the time of hire.  Under the Stock Option Plan, the Compensation Committee may set the exercise price for our Class A common stock at not less than its fair market value.  That value is presently determined on Nasdaq.  In all cases, regardless of the identity of the grantee, the timing, amount and other terms of the grant of options or awards under our Stock Option Plan are determined in the sole discretion of our Compensation Committee.  See "Part III – Item 11 – Compensation Discussion and Analysis:  Elements of Compensation – Stock Option Plan."

In the event an executive level employee is hired or promoted during a year, that employee may be eligible to receive an award under the plans previously described in this section.  Grants of awards in this context may be made at the recommendation of management and only with action of the Compensation Committee.

Grant Policy.  Under our grant policy, all approved grants are granted effective the date they were approved by the committee and are priced at the market value at the close of trading on that date.  The terms of the award are then communicated immediately to the recipient.

Tax and Accounting Treatment of Executive Compensation –

In determining the amount and form of compensation granted to executive officers, including the Named Executive Officers, the Company takes into consideration both tax treatment and accounting treatment of the compensation.  Tax and accounting treatment for various forms of compensation is subject to changes in, and changing interpretations of, applicable laws, regulations, rulings and other factors not within the Company's control.  As a result, tax and accounting treatment is only one of several factors that the Company takes into account in designing the previously described elements of compensation.


64

Compensation Policies and Practices in Relation to Our Risk Management –

At the direction of our board, Company management has reviewed our compensation policies, plans and practices to determine whether they create incentives or encourage behavior that is reasonably likely to have a materially adverse effect on the Company.  This effort included a review of our various employee compensation plans and practices as described elsewhere in this report.  See "Part III – Item 11 – Compensation Discussion and Analysis: Process."

The purpose of the review was to evaluate risks and the internal controls we have implemented to manage those risks.  The controls include multiple performance metrics, corporate-wide financial measures, statutory clawbacks on equity awards, and board and board committee oversight and approvals.

In completing this review, our board and management believe risks created by our compensation policies, plans and practices that create incentives likely to have a material adverse effect on us are remote.

Shareholder Advisory Votes on Executive Compensation

The agenda for the 2014 annual meeting will include an opportunity for our shareholders to provide an advisory vote on executive compensation of our Named Executive Officers. The vote on executive compensation will be advisory only and is not binding on the Company or its board.

Our board views decisions as to compensation of Company named executive officers, including but not limited to those for 2013, as its responsibility.  Our board takes this responsibility seriously and has gone to considerable effort to establish and implement a process for determining executive compensation as described elsewhere in this report.  See "Part III – Item 11 – Compensation Discussion and Analysis."

Our board carefully considers all proposals from our shareholders.  However, in light of its responsibilities to the Company, our board may or may not follow the advice of those shareholder votes.

Our board contemplates next placing before our shareholders a proposal dealing with the frequency of shareholder advisory votes on executive compensation of our named executive officers during our 2017 annual shareholder meeting.

Executive Compensation

Summary Compensation Table –

As of December 31, 2013, the Company did not have employment agreements with any of the Named Executive Officers.  The following table summarizes total compensation paid or earned by each Named Executive Officer for fiscal years 2013, 2012 and 2011.  The process followed by the Compensation Committee in establishing total compensation for each Named Executive Officer as set forth in the table is described elsewhere in this report.  See "Part III – Item 11 – Compensation Discussion and Analysis."


65

Summary Compensation Table

Name and
Principal Position
Year
Salary1
($)
Bonus
($)
Nonequity Incentive Plan
Compen-sation
($)
Stock
Awards2
($)
Option Awards2
($)
Change in Pension Value and Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Earnings3
($)
All Other Compensation
($)4
Total
($)
Ronald A. Duncan5
President and Chief
Executive Officer
2013
830,000
—

1,158,158

523,3716

—

—

75,000

2,586,529

2012
600,000
—

566,209

31,100

—

—

67,000

1,264,309

2011
600,000
—

1,751,919

1,220,3647

—

—

61,500

3,633,783

G. Wilson Hughes
Executive Vice
President ---
Wireless
2013
487,500
—

754,465

285,0849

—

296

19,500

1,546,845

2012
487,500
—

229,223

1,486,3429

—

2,272

25,875

2,231,212

2011
487,500
25,0008

400,108

412,0957

—

4,224

16,500

1,345,427

John M. Lowber
Senior Vice President,
Chief Financial Officer
and Treasurer
2013
395,000
—

445,353

123,3836

—

14,843

17,500

996,079

2012
395,000
—

145,723

372,29910

—

8,924

24,875

946,821

2011
395,000
—

325,432

287,0977

—

3,058

18,500

1,029,087

Gregory F. Chapados
Executive Vice
President and
Chief Operating
Officer
2013
347,917
—

542,654

143,2866

—

—

21,500

1,055,357

2012
300,000
—

169,223

998,20811

—

—

19,000

1,486,431

2011
300,000
—

328,846

265,7707

—

—

23,087

917,703

Gregory Pearce12
Vice President General Manager, Business Services
2013
160,000
—

520,024

427,7376

—

—

20,385

1,128,146

________________________
1 
For 2011, 2012 and 2013, salary includes deferred compensation of $125,000 and $135,000 for Messrs. Hughes and Lowber, respectively.
2 
This column reflects the grant date fair values of awards of Class A common stock, restricted stock awards or stock options granted in the fiscal year indicated which were computed in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718, Compensation – Stock Options ("ASC Topic 718"). Assumptions used in the calculation of these amounts are set forth in Footnote 9 of "Part II – Item 8 – Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplementary Data."
3 
The amount shown represents the above-market earnings on nonqualified deferred compensation plan balances. Above market-earnings is defined as earnings in excess of 120% of the long-term monthly applicable federal rate (AFR).
4 
See, "Components of 'All Other Compensation'" table displayed below for more detail.
5 
In 2011, Mr. Duncan received $105,534 in compensation for service on our board including $45,000 in director fees and stock award valued at $60,534.  In 2012, Mr. Duncan received $81,100 in compensation for service on our board in the form of $50,000 in director fees and a stock award valued at $31,100. In 2013, Mr. Duncan received $106,450 in compensation for service on our board in the form of $57,500 in director fees and a stock award valued at $43,950.
6 
The Stock Awards granted during 2013 were for the Named Executive Officer's performance during 2012.
7 
The Stock Awards granted during 2011 were for the Named Executive Officer’s performance during 2010.
8 
The Bonus Compensation represents compensation paid pursuant to the Incentive Compensation Plan in excess of the target payment under the plan.
9 
In 2012, Mr. Hughes received a stock award with a grant date fair value of $486,338 for his performance during 2011 and a stock award with a grant date fair value of $1,000,004 to incentivize Mr. Hughes to stay to lead the integration of AWN. In 2013, Mr. Hughes received a stock award with a grant date fair value of $194,084 for his perfomance during 2012 and a stock award with a grant date fair value of $91,000 granted upon the successful close of AWN.

66

10 
The Stock Awards granted during 2012 were for the Named Executive Officer’s performance during 2011.
11 
Mr. Chapados received a stock award with a grant date fair value of $376,208 for his performance during 2011 and a stock award with a grant date fair value of $622,000 upon his promotion to Chief Operating Officer.
12 
Compensation for Mr. Pearce is only provided for 2013 as he was not a Named Executive Officer in 2012 or 2011.
______________________

The amounts reported under the "All Other Compensation" column are comprised of the following:

Components of "All Other Compensation"

Name and Principal Position
Year
Stock Purchase
Plan1
($)
Board
Fees
($)
Success Sharing2
($)
Use of Company Leased
Aircraft3
($)
Miscellaneous
($)
Total
($)
Ronald A. Duncan
2013
17,500

57,500

---
---

---
75,000

2012
17,000

50,000

---
---

---
67,000

2011
16,500

45,000

---
---

---
61,500

G. Wilson Hughes
2013
17,500

---

---
---

2,0004
19,500

2012
17,000

---

---
7,875

1,0004
25,875

2011
16,500

---

---
---

---
16,500

John M. Lowber
2013
17,500

---

---
---

---
17,500

2012
17,000

---

---
7,875

---
24,875

2011
16,500

---

---
---

2,0004
18,500

Gregory F. Chapados
2013
17,500

---

---
---

4,0004
21,500

2012
17,000

---

---
---

2,0004
19,000

2011
16,500

---

---
---

6,5875
23,087

Gregory Pearce
2013
17,500

---

---
---

2,8856
20,385

________________________
1 
Amounts are contributions by us matching each employee's contribution.  Matching contributions by us under our GCI 401(k) Plan are available to each of our full time employees with over one year of service.  During 2013, the match was based upon the lesser of $17,500 ($17,000 for 2012 and $16,500 for 2011) or 10% of the employee's salary and the total of the employee's pre-tax and post-tax contributions to the plan.  See "Part III – Item 11 – Compensation Discussion and Analysis:  Elements of Compensation – Retirement and Welfare Benefits – GCI 401(k) Plan."
2 
See "Part III – Item 11 – Compensation Discussion and Analysis:  Elements of Compensation – Perquisites."
3 
The value of use of Company leased aircraft is shown at the variable cost to the Company.
4 
Compensation for attending certain management meetings.
5 
Includes $4,587 for a guest to accompany Mr. Chapados on a business trip and $2,000 for attending certain management meetings.
6 
Compensation for a guest to accompany Mr. Pearce on a business trip.
_____________________



67

Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table –

The following table displays specific information on grants of options, awards and non-equity incentive plan awards under our Compensation Program and, in addition, in the case of Mr. Duncan, our Director Compensation Plan, made to Named Executive Officers during 2013.

Grants of Plan-Based Awards

 
 
Estimated Future Payouts Under
Non-Equity Incentive Plan Awards
 
Estimated Future Payouts Under
Equity Incentive Plan Awards
 All Other
 Stock
Awards:
Number of
Shares
of Stock
or Units (#)
All Other
Option
Awards:
Number of Securities
Underlying
Options (#)
Exercise
or Base
Price of
Option
Awards
($/Sh)
Grant Date
Fair Value of Stock and Option Awards1
($)
Name
Grant Date
Threshold
($)
Target
($)
Maximum
($)
 
Threshold
(#)
Target
(#)
Maximum
(#)
Ronald A. Duncan
02/12/13
---
---
---
 
---
---
---
59,0422
---
---
479,421

 
06/01/13
---
---
---
 
---
---
---
5,0003
---
---
43,950

G. Wilson Hughes
02/12/13
---
---
---
 
---
---
---
23,9022
---
---
194,084

 
07/22/13
---
---
---
 
---
---
---
10,0004
---
---
91,000

John M. Lowber
02/12/13
---
---
---
 
---
---
---
15,1952
---
---
123,383

Gregory F. Chapados
02/12/13
---
---
---
 
---
---
---
17,6462
---
---
143,286

Gregory Pearce
02/12/13
---
---
---
 
---
---
---
52,6772
---
---
427,737

______________________
1 
Computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718.
2 
Represents the 50% portion of the 2012 incentive compensation paid in the form of restricted stock grants under our Incentive Compensation Plan that were not granted until 2013.  Restricted stock awards are included in the "Stock Awards" column of the Summary Compensation Table above.
3 
Mr. Duncan's stock award was granted pursuant to the terms of our Director Compensation Plan.  See "Part III – Item 11 – Director Compensation."
4 
Mr. Hughes received a restricted stock award of 10,000 shares upon the successful closing of the AWN transaction. The award will vest one year from the closing date of the AWN transaction.
____________________

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End Table –

The following table displays specific information on unexercised options, stock that has not vested and equity incentive plan awards for each of the Named Executive Officers and outstanding as of December 31, 2013.  Vesting of these options and awards varies for the Named Executive Officers as described in the footnotes to the table.


68

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End
 
Option Awards1
 
Stock Awards
Name
Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Options (#) Exercisable
 
Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Options (#) Unexercisable
 
Option Exercise Price ($)
 
Option Expiration Date
 
Number of Shares or Units of Stock That Have Not Vested (#)
 
Market Value of Shares or Units of Stock that Have Not Vested ($)
 
Equity Incentive Plan Awards: Number of Unearned Shares, Units or Other Rights That Have Not Vested (#)
 
Equity Incentive Plan Awards: Market or Payout Value of Unearned Shares, Units or Other Rights That Have Not Vested ($)
Ronald A. Duncan
250,000

 
---
 
8.40

 
6/24/2014
 
---
 
---
 
---
 
---
150,000

 
---
 
5.32

 
2/8/2020
 
---
 
---
 
---
 
---
---

 
---
 
---

 
---
 
59,0422
 
658,3182
 
---
 
---
G. Wilson Hughes
---

 
---
 
---

 
---
 
10,0003
 
111,5003
 
---
 
---
 
---

 
---
 
---

 
---
 
43,4234
 
484,1664
 
---
 
---
 
---

 
---
 
---

 
---
 
117,9255
 
1,314,8645
 
---
 
---
 
---

 
---
 
---

 
---
 
23,9022
 
266,5072
 
---
 
---
John M. Lowber
---

 
---
 
---

 
---
 
33,2414
 
370,6374
 
---
 
---
 
---

 
---
 
---

 
---
 
15,1956
 
169,4246
 
 
 
 
Gregory F. Chapados
100,000

 
---
 
7.95

 
1/9/2018
 
---
 
---
 
---
 
---
 
---

 
---
 
---

 
---
 
10,0007
 
111,5007
 
---
 
---
 
---

 
---
 
---

 
---
 
33,5904
 
374,5294
 
---
 
---
 
---

 
---
 
---

 
---
 
50,0008
 
557,5008
 
---
 
---
 
---

 
---
 
---

 
---
 
17,6462
 
196,7532
 
---
 
---
 
---

 
---
 
---

 
---
 
100,0009
 
1,115,0009
 
---
 
---
Gregory Pearce
---

 
---
 
---

 
---
 
35,11710
 
391,55510
 
---
 
---
_____________________
1 
Stock option awards generally vest over five years and expire ten years from grant date, except as noted in the footnotes below.
2 
Restricted stock vests on November 30, 2015.
3 
Restricted stock vests on July 22, 2014.
4 
Restricted stock vests on November 30, 2014.
5 
Restricted stock vests 58,962 shares on December 31, 2014 and 58,963 shares on December 31, 2015.
6 
Restricted stock vests on January 1, 2015.
7 
Restricted stock vests 5,000 shares on October 7 of 2014 and 2015.
8 
Restricted stock vests on October 7, 2015.
9 
Restricted stock vests on June 3, 2016.
10 
Restricted stock vests 17,559 shares on November 30, 2014 and 17,558 shares on November 30, 2015.
_____________________


69

Option Exercises and Stock Vested Table –

The following table displays specific information on each exercise of stock options, stock appreciation rights, and similar instruments, and each vesting of stock, including restricted stock, restricted stock units and similar instruments on an aggregate basis, for each of the Named Executive Officers during 2013:

Option Exercises and Stock Vested

 
Option Awards
 
Stock Awards
Name
Number of Shares
Acquired on Exercise (#)
Value Realized on Exercise
($)
 
Number of Shares
Acquired on Vesting (#)
Value Realized on Vesting
($)
Ronald A. Duncan
---
---
 
5,0001
43,950
 
---
---
 
93,159
892,463
G. Wilson Hughes
---
---
 
33,100
317,098
John M. Lowber
---
---
 
14,098
115,463
 
---
---
 
25,000
278,750
 
---
---
 
23,060
220,915
Gregory F. Chapados
30,000
81,619
 
---
---
 
---
---
 
18,797
153,947
 
---
---
 
5,000
44,950
 
---
---
 
21,347
204,504
Gregory W. Pearce
---
---
 
7,078
67,807
---
---
 
7,408
70,969
---
---
 
17,560
168,225
___________________
1 
This stock award relates to Mr. Duncan's service as one of our directors.
_________________

Potential Payments upon Termination or Change-in-Control –

As of December 31, 2013, there were no compensatory plans or arrangements providing for payments to any of the Named Executive Officers in conjunction with any termination of employment or other working relationship of such an officer with us (including without limitation, resignation, severance, retirement or constructive termination of employment of the officer).  Furthermore, as of December 31, 2013, there were no such plans or arrangements providing for payments to any of the Named Executive Officers in conjunction with a change of control of us or a change in such an officer's responsibilities to us.  However, all outstanding options and awards for each of our Named Executive Officers would vest upon his or her disability, retirement or death, or a change-in-control of the Company.

Nonqualified Deferred Compensation

Deferred Compensation Plan –

We established our Deferred Compensation Plan in 1995 to provide a means by which certain of our employees may elect to defer receipt of designated percentages or amounts of their compensation and to provide a means for certain other deferrals of compensation.  Employees eligible to participate in our Deferred Compensation Plan are determined by our board.  We may, at our discretion, contribute matching deferrals in amounts as we select.

Participants immediately vest in all elective deferrals and all income and gain attributable to that participation.  Matching contributions and all income and gain attributable to them vest on a case-by-case basis as determined by us.  Participants may elect to be paid in either a single lump-sum payment or annual installments over a period not to exceed ten years.  Vested balances are payable upon termination of employment, unforeseen

70

emergencies, death or total disability of the participant or change of control of us or our insolvency.  Participants become our general unsecured creditors with respect to deferred compensation benefits of our Deferred Compensation Plan.

None of our Named Executive Officers participated in our Deferred Compensation Plan during 2013.

Deferred Compensation Arrangements –

We have, from time to time, entered into Deferred Compensation Arrangements with certain of our executive officers, including two of the Named Executive Officers.  These arrangements are negotiated with individual officers on a case-by-case basis.  The status of our Deferred Compensation Arrangements with our Named Executive Officers during 2013 is summarized for each of our Named Executive Officers in the following table, and further descriptions of them are provided following the table.

Nonqualified Deferred Compensation

Name
 
Executive
Contributions
in Last FY
($)
 
Registrant
Contribution
in Last FY
($)
 
Aggregate
Earnings (Loss)
in Last FY
($)
 
Aggregate
Withdrawals/
Distributions
($)
 
Aggregate
Balance
at Last FY
($)
Ronald A. Duncan
 
---

 
---
 
---

 
---

 
---

G. Wilson Hughes1
 
125,000

 
---
 
252,929

 
620,799

 
2,861,211

John M. Lowber2
 
135,000

 
---
 
99,035

 
200,000

 
1,231,072

Gregory F. Chapados
 
---

 
---
 
---

 
---

 
---

Gregory W. Pearce
 
---

 
---
 
---

 
---

 
---

_____________________
1 
Includes earnings of $296 for Mr. Hughes that is reported in the Summary Compensation Table.
2 
Includes earnings of $14,843 for Mr. Lowber that is reported in the Summary Compensation Table.
___________________

Mr. Hughes' Deferred Compensation Arrangement with us consists of three components.  The first component consisted of deferred compensation invested in 90,480 shares of Company Class A common stock.  The second component is $1,212,359 accrued at year end of which $125,000 in salary were deferred and $110,214 of interest were accrued during 2013.  This arrangement with us earns interest at the rate of 10% per year based upon the balance at the beginning of the year plus new salary deferrals during the year.  The third component is $640,000 accrued at year end of which $30,000 were accrued for 2013 interest.  This arrangement earns interest at 7.5% per year based upon the original $400,000 that was given to Mr. Hughes in consideration for his continued employment at the Company from January 1, 2006 through December 31, 2009.

Mr. Hughes' Deferred Compensation Arrangement provides that at his discretion or at termination of employment, he is entitled to receive the full amount owed in a lump sum, in monthly installments paid over a ten-year period, or in installments negotiated with the Company in accordance with statutory requirements.

Mr. Lowber's Deferred Compensation Arrangement with us consists of deferred salary which earns interest on the amounts deferred at 9% per year.  As of December 31, 2013 and under this plan, there were accrued $729,309, of which $119,851 had accrued ($65,000 in principal plus $54,851 in interest) and $122,254 had been paid out during 2013.  Additionally, effective January 1, 2007, the Company agreed to enter into a retention agreement with Mr. Lowber.  In exchange for his commitment to remain in the employ of the Company through the end of 2010, the Company agreed to establish a deferred compensation account in the amount of $350,000 that vested on December 31, 2010.  The account is to accrue interest at the rate of 7.25% per annum, compounding annually.  The balance in that account was $501,763 as of December 31, 2013, of which $114,185 had accrued ($70,000 in principal plus $44,185 in interest) and $77,747 had been paid out during 2013.


71

Messrs. Duncan, Chapados and Pearce did not participate in a Deferred Compensation Arrangement with us during 2013.

Other than the Deferred Compensation Arrangements described above, no Named Executive Officer was, as of December 31, 2013, entitled to defer any additional consideration.  Any additional Deferred Compensation Arrangements would have to be separately negotiated with, and agreed to by, the Compensation Committee.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

Our Compensation Committee is composed of four members of our board as identified elsewhere in this report.  All of these members served on the committee during all of 2013.  See "Part III – Item 11 – Compensation Discussion and Analysis:  Overview."  The relationships of them to us are described elsewhere in this report.  See "Part III – Item 10 – Identification," "Part III – Item 12 – Principal Shareholders" and "Part III – Item 13 – Certain Transactions."

Compensation Committee Report

The Compensation Committee has reviewed and discussed with management the Compensation Discussion and Analysis.  Based upon that review and discussion, the Compensation Committee recommended to our board that the Compensation Discussion and Analysis be included in our 2013 annual report.

Compensation Committee
Jerry A. Edgerton, Chair
Stephen M. Brett
Stephen R. Mooney
James M. Schneider

Director Compensation

The following table sets forth certain information concerning the cash and non-cash compensation earned by our directors ("Director Compensation Plan"), each for services as a director during the year ended December 31, 2013:

2013 Director Compensation1 

Name
 
Fees
Earned
or
Paid in
Cash
($)
 
Stock
Awards2
($)
 
Option
Awards
($)
 
Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
($)
 
Change in
Pension
Value and
 Nonqualified
Deferred
Compensation
Earnings
($)
 
All Other
Compensation
($)
 
Total
($)
Stephen M. Brett
 
57,500

 
43,950

 
---
 
---
 
---
 
---
 
101,450

Bridget L. Baker3
 
32,500

 
—

 
---
 
---
 
---
 
---
 
32,500

Jerry A. Edgerton
 
57,500

 
57,135

 
---
 
---
 
---
 
---
 
114,635

Scott M. Fisher
 
57,500

 
43,950

 
---
 
---
 
---
 
---
 
101,450

William P. Glasgow
 
57,500

 
43,950

 
---
 
---
 
---
 
---
 
101,450

Mark W. Kroloff
 
57,500

 
43,950

 
---
 
---
 
---
 
---
 
101,450

Stephen R. Mooney
 
70,000

 
57,135

 
---
 
---
 
---
 
---
 
127,135

James M. Schneider
 
57,500

 
43,950

 
---
 
---
 
---
 
---
 
101,450

_______________________
1 
Compensation to Mr. Duncan as a director is described elsewhere in this report.  See "Part III – Item 11 – Executive Compensation" and "Compensation Discussion and Analysis."
2 
Each director, except Ms. Baker, received a grant of awards of 5,000 shares of Company Class A common stock on June 1, 2013 (the grant date), with the exception of our Audit Committee chair and Compensation Committee chair, Mr. Mooney and Mr. Edgerton, respectively , who received 6,500 shares.  The value of the

72

shares on the date of grant was $8.79 per share, i.e., the closing price of the stock on Nasdaq on that date and as calculated in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718.
3 
Ms. Baker accepted the appointment to serve on the Company's Board effective July 29, 2013.
_____________________

Our initial Director Compensation Plan was adopted in 2004 by our board to acknowledge and compensate, from time to time, directors on the board for ongoing dedicated service.  During 2013 the plan provided for $50,000 per year (paid quarterly) for all Directors through June 30, 2013. Effective July 1, 2013, the Director Compensation Plan provided for $65,000 per year for all Directors with the exception of Mr. Mooney, Audit Committee chair, who will receive an additional $25,000 per year (paid quarterly).

During 2013, the stock compensation portion of our Director Compensation Plan consisted of a grant of 5,000 shares to a director for a year of service, or a portion of a year of service.  Grants are made and vest annually under the plan on June 1 of each year.  For 2013, grants of awards were made under our Director Compensation Plan as of June 1, 2013.  As of December 31, 2013, our board anticipated that grants of awards of 7,500 shares of Class A common stock to each director would be made under the plan as of June 1, 2014.  Because the shares vest upon award, they are subject to taxation based upon the then fair market value of the vested shares.

Except for our Director Compensation Plan, during 2013 the directors on our board received no other direct compensation for serving on the board and its committees. However, they were reimbursed for travel and out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with attendance at meetings of our board and its committees.

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

Securities Authorized for Issuance under Equity Compensation Plans

The following table sets forth, as of the end of 2013, information on equity compensation plans approved by our shareholders and separately such plans not approved by our shareholders.  The information is focused on outstanding options, warrants and rights; the only such plan is our Stock Option Plan as approved by our shareholders.

Equity Compensation Plan Information

Plan category
Number of securities
to be issued upon exercise of outstanding options, warrants and rights
Weighted-average
exercise price of
outstanding options,
warrants and rights
($)
Number of securities
remaining available for future issuance under equity compensation plans (excluding securities reflected in the second column)
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders
619,900
7.74
3,163,780
Total:
619,900
7.74
3,163,780

Ownership of Company

Principal Shareholders –

The following table sets forth, as of December 31, 2013 (unless otherwise noted), certain information regarding the beneficial ownership of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock by each of the following:
•
Each person known by us to own beneficially 5% or more of the outstanding shares of Class A common stock or Class B common stock.
•
Each of our directors.

73

•
Each of the Named Executive Officers.
•
All of our executive officers and directors as a group.

All information with respect to beneficial ownership has been furnished to us by the respective shareholders.
Name of
Beneficial Owner1
Title of
Class2
Amount and
Nature of
Beneficial
Ownership
(#)
% of Class
% of Total Shares Outstanding
 (Class A & B)2
% Combined
Voting
Power
(Class A & B)2
Stephen M. Brett
Class A
67,7503
*
*

*

Class B
---
---
 
 
Ronald A. Duncan
Class A
1,621,6163,4
4.3
5.6

11.9

Class B
661,8094
20.9
 
 
Bridget L. Baker
Class A
5,000
*
*

*

 
Class B
---
---
 
 
Jerry A. Edgerton
Class A
45,7503
*
*

*

Class B
---
---
 
 
Scott M. Fisher
Class A
56,3343,5
*
1.3

7.5

Class B
511,7165
16.2
 
 
William P. Glasgow
Class A
92,6943,6
*
*

*

Class B
---
---
 
 
Mark W. Kroloff
Class A
36,1003
*
*

*

Class B
---
---
 
 
Stephen R. Mooney
Class A
56,4003
*
*

*

Class B
---
---
 
 
James M. Schneider
Class A
38,1503
*
*

*

Class B
---
---
 
 
G. Wilson Hughes
Class A
828,0867
2.2
2.1

1.2

Class B
2,6957
*
 
 
John M. Lowber
Class A
362,0228
*
*

*

Class B
6,2038
*
 
 
Gregory F. Chapados
Class A
459,3449
1.2
1.1

*

Class B
---
*
 
 
Gregory W. Pearce
Class A
83,74410
*
*

*

Class B
---
---
 
 
Black Rock, Inc.
40 East 52nd Street
New York, New York 10022
Class A
3,824,008
10.3
9.5

5.6

Class B
 
---
 
 
Dimensional Fund Advisors LP
Palisades West, Building One
6300 Bee Cave Road
Austin, Texas 78746
Class A
2,040,13311
5.5
5.0

3.0

Class B
---
---
 
 
GCI 401(k) Plan
2550 Denali St., Ste. 1000
Anchorage, Alaska 99503
Class A
4,117,453
11.0
10.3

6.7

Class B
49,418
1.6
 
 
Gary Magness
c/o Raymond L. Sutton, Jr.
303 East 17th Ave., Ste 1100
Denver, Colorado 80203-1264
Class A
1,347,961
3.6
4.4

8.3

Class B
433,924
13.7
 
 

74

Private Management
Group, Inc.
15635 Alton Parkway,
Suite 400
Irvine, California 92606
Class A
2,754,510
7.4
6.8

4.0

Class B
---
---
 
 
John W. Stanton and
Theresa E. Gillespie
155 108th Avenue., N.E.,
Suite 450
Bellevue, Washington 98004
Class A
2,342,627
6.3
9.3

24.3

Class B
1,436,469
45.4
 
 
The Vanguard Group, Inc.
100 Vanguard Blvd
Malvern, Pennsylvania 19355
Class A
1,869,93212
5.0
4.6

2.7

Class B
---
---
 
 
All Directors and Executive
Officers As a Group
(17 Persons)
Class A
4,188,30713
11.2
13.1

23.1

Class B
1,182,42313
37.4
 
 
______________________
*
Represents beneficial ownership of less than 1% of the corresponding class or series of stock.
1 
Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange Act.  Shares of our stock that a person has the right to acquire within 60 days of December 31, 2013 are deemed to be beneficially owned by such person and are included in the computation of the ownership and voting percentages only of such person.  Each person has sole voting and investment power with respect to the shares indicated, except as otherwise stated in the footnotes to the table.  Addresses are provided only for persons other than management who own beneficially more than 5% of the outstanding shares of Class A or B common stock.  The Class A shares do not include the number of Class B shares owned although the Class B shares are convertible on a share-per-share basis into Class A shares.
2 
"Title of Class" includes our Class A common stock and Class B common stock.  "Amount and Nature of Beneficial Ownership" and "% of Class" are given for each class of stock.  "% of Total Shares Outstanding" and "% Combined Voting Power" are given for the combination of outstanding Class A common stock and Class B common stock, and the voting power for Class B common stock (10 votes per share) is factored into the calculation of that combined voting power.
3 
Includes 5,000 shares of our Class A common stock granted to each of those persons pursuant to the Director Compensation Plan for services performed during 2013 except for our Audit Committee Chairman and Compensation Committee Chairman, Mr. Mooney and Mr. Edgerton, respectively, who each were granted 6,500 shares of our Class A common stock.
4 
Includes 165,572 shares of Class A common stock and 6,165 shares of Class B common stock allocated to Mr. Duncan under the GCI 401(k) Plan as of December 31, 2013.  Includes 400,000 shares of Class A common stock subject to stock options granted under the Stock Option Plan to Mr. Duncan which he has the right to acquire within 60 days of December 31, 2013 by exercise of the stock options.  Does not include 55,560 shares of Class A common stock or 8,242 shares of Class B common stock held by the Amanda Miller Trust, with respect to which Mr. Duncan has no voting or investment power.  Ms. Miller is Mr. Duncan's daughter, and Mr. Duncan disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares. Does not include 7,500 shares owned by the Neoma Lowndes Trust which Ms. Miller is a 50% beneficiary, with respect to which Mr. Duncan has no voting or investment power and Mr. Duncan disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares. Does not include 63,186 shares of Class A common stock or 27,020 shares of Class B common stock held by Dani Bowman, Mr. Duncan's wife, of which Mr. Duncan disclaims beneficial ownership.  Does not include 10,000 shares of Class A common stock held by Missy, LLC which is 25% owned by Mr. Duncan, 25% owned by Dani Bowman and 50% owned by a trust of which Mr. Duncan’s daughter is the 50% beneficiary, of which securities Mr. Duncan disclaims beneficial ownership (Mr. Duncan claims beneficial ownership of an additional 5,000 shares of Class A Common Stock held by Missy, LLC. which are included within the shares for which Mr. Duncan has a pecuniary interest).  Includes 925,283 shares of Class A common stock and 655,644 shares of Class B common stock pledged as security.
5 
Includes 13,484 shares of Class A and 511,716 shares of Class B common stock owned by Fisher Capital Partners, Ltd. of which Mr. Fisher is a partner.

75

6 
Does not include 158 shares owned by a daughter of Mr. Glasgow.  Mr. Glasgow disclaims any beneficial ownership of the shares held by his daughter.
7 
Includes 15,230 shares of Class A common stock allocated to Mr. Hughes under the GCI 401(k) Plan, as of December 31, 2013.  Includes 305,890 shares of Class A common stock pledged as security.  Excludes 90,480 shares held by the Company pursuant to Mr. Hughes' Deferred Compensation Agreement.
8 
Includes 27,834 shares of Class A common stock and 5,933 shares of Class B common stock allocated to Mr. Lowber under the GCI 401(k) Plan, as of December 31, 2013.
9 
Includes 24,578 shares of Class A common stock allocated to Mr. Chapados under the GCI 401(k) Plan, as of December 31, 2013.  Includes 100,000 shares of Class A common stock subject to stock options granted under the Stock Option Plan to Mr. Chapados which he has the right to acquire within 60 days of December 31, 2013 by exercise of those options. Includes 110,344 shares of Class A common stock pledged as security.
10 
Includes 4,292 shares of Class A common stock allocated to Mr. Pearce under the GCI 401(k) Plan, as of December 31, 2013.
11 
As disclosed in Schedule 13G filed with the SEC on February 2, 2013, Dimensional Fund Advisors LP has sole voting power for 1,941,121 shares of Class A common stock and sole dispositive power for 2,040,133 shares of Class A common stock.
12 
As disclosed in Schedule 13G filed with the SEC on February 11, 2014, The Vanguard Group, Inc. has sole voting power of 51,300 shares of Class A common stock, shared dispositive power for 1,819,132 shares of Class A common stock and sole dispositive power for 50,800 shares of Class A common stock.
13 
Includes 500,000 shares of Class A common stock which such persons have the right to acquire within 60 days of December 31, 2013 through the exercise of vested stock options.  Includes 294,075 shares of Class A common stock and 12,098 shares of Class B common stock allocated to such persons under the GCI 401(k) Plan.
______________________

Changes in Control –

Pledged Assets and Securities.  Our obligations under our credit facilities are secured by substantially all of our assets.  Should there be a default by us under such agreements, our lenders could gain control of our assets.  We have been at all times during 2013 in compliance with all material terms of these credit facilities.

Senior Notes.  In 2009, GCI, Inc., our wholly-owned subsidiary, sold $425.0 million in aggregate principal amount of senior debt securities due in 2019.

The senior notes are subject to the terms of an indenture entered into by GCI, Inc.  Upon the occurrence of a change of control, as defined in the Indenture, GCI, Inc. is required to offer to purchase those senior notes at a price equal to 101% of their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest.  The indenture provides that those senior notes are redeemable at the option of GCI, Inc. at specified redemption prices commencing in 2014.  The terms of the senior notes contain limitations on the ability of GCI, Inc. and its restricted subsidiaries to incur additional indebtedness, limitations on investments, payment of dividends and other restricted payments and limitations on liens, asset sales, mergers, transactions with affiliates and operation of unrestricted subsidiaries.  The indenture also limits the ability of GCI, Inc. and its restricted subsidiaries to enter into, or allow to exist, specified restrictions on the ability of GCI, Inc. to receive distributions from restricted subsidiaries.

For purposes of the indenture and the senior notes, the restricted subsidiaries consist of all of our direct or indirect subsidiaries, with the exception of certain unrestricted subsidiaries.  Under the terms of the indenture, an unrestricted subsidiary is a subsidiary of GCI, Inc. so designated from time to time in accordance with procedures as set forth in the indenture.  As of December 31, 2013, these unrestricted subsidiaries consisted of GCI Community Development, LLC and Unicom, Inc.

In May 2011, GCI, Inc. issued an additional $325 million of senior notes at 6.75% interest due in June 2021.  The new senior notes have substantially similar terms as the 2009 senior notes.  They were used to pay off previously issued Senior Notes.

76


We and GCI, Inc. have since the issuance of the senior notes and up through December 31, 2013, been in compliance with all material terms of the Indentures including making timely payments on the obligations of GCI, Inc.

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

Certain Transactions

Transactions with Related Persons –

Stanton Shareholdings, Registration Rights Agreement.  As of December 31, 2013, John W. Stanton and Theresa E. Gillespie, husband and wife (collectively, "Stantons"), continued to be significant shareholders of our Class B common stock.  As of that date, neither the Stantons nor the Stantons' affiliates were our directors, officers, nominees for election as directors, or members of the immediate family of such directors, officers, or nominees.

We are a party to a registration rights agreement ("Stanton Registration Rights Agreement") with the Stantons regarding all unregistered shares the Stantons hold in our Class B common stock and any shares of our Class A common stock resulting from conversion of that Class B common stock to Class A common stock.  The basic terms of the Stanton Registration Rights Agreement are as follows.  If we propose to register any of our securities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended ("Securities Act") for our own account or for the account of one or more of our shareholders, we must notify the Stantons of that intent.  In addition, we must allow the Stantons an opportunity to include the holder's shares ("Stanton Registerable Shares") in that registration.

Under the Stanton Registration Rights Agreement, the Stantons also have the right, under certain circumstances, to require us to register all or any portion of the Stanton Registerable Shares under the Securities Act.  The agreement is subject to certain limitations and restrictions, including our right to limit the number of Stanton Registerable Shares included in the registration.  Generally, we are required to pay all registration expenses in connection with each registration of Stanton Registerable Shares pursuant to this agreement.

The Stanton Registration Rights Agreement specifically states we are not required to effect any registration on behalf of the Stantons regarding Stanton Registerable Shares if the request for registration covers an aggregate number of Stanton Registerable Shares having a market value of less than $1.5 million.  The agreement further states we are not required to effect such a registration for the Stantons where we have at that point previously filed two registration statements with the SEC, or where the registration would require us to undergo an interim audit or prepare and file with the SEC sooner than otherwise required financial statements relating to the proposed transaction.  Finally, the agreement states we are not required to effect such a registration when in the opinion of our legal counsel a registration is not required in order to permit resale under Rule 144 as adopted by the SEC pursuant to the Exchange Act.

The Stanton Registration Rights Agreement provides that the first demand for registration by the Stantons must be for no less than 15% of the total number of Stanton Registerable Shares.  However, the Stantons may take the opportunity to require us to include the Stanton Registerable Shares as incidental to a registered offering proposed by us.

Duncan Leases.  In 1991, we entered into a long-term capital lease agreement with a partnership in which Mr. Duncan held a 50% ownership interest.  Mr. Duncan later sold that interest to an individual who later became his spouse.  However, Mr. Duncan remains a guarantor on the note which was used to finance the acquisition of the property subject to the lease.  The leased asset was capitalized in 1991 at the owner's cost of $900,000 and the related obligation was recorded in the accompanying financial statements.  The lease agreement was amended in 2008, and we have increased our existing capital lease asset and liability by $1.3 million to record the extension of the capital lease.  The amended lease terminates on September 30, 2026.  The property consists of a building presently occupied by us.  As of December 31, 2013, the payments on the lease were $23,932 per month.  They continue at that rate through September 2014.  In October 2014, the payments on the lease will increase to $24,732 per month.

In January 2001 we entered into an aircraft operating lease agreement with a company owned by GCI’s President and CEO. The lease was amended several times, most recently on May 9, 2011. The amended lease agreement

77

added the lease of a second aircraft. The lease term of the original aircraft could be terminated at any time upon 90 days written notice. This notice was provided and as of January 1, 2013, the original aircraft lease, and its monthly rate of $45,000, ended. The lease term of the second aircraft may be terminated at any time upon 12 months’ written notice. The monthly lease rate of the second aircraft is $132,000. In 2001, we paid a deposit of $1.5 million in connection with the lease. The deposit will be repaid to us no later than six months after the agreement terminates.

Review Procedure for Transactions with Related Persons –

The following describes our policies and procedures for the review, approval or ratification of transactions in which we are to be a participant and where the amount involved in each instance exceeds $120,000 and in which any related person had or is to have a direct or indirect material interest ("Related Transactions").  Here, we use the term "related person" to mean any person who is one of our directors, a nominee for director, an immediate family member of one of our directors or executive officers, any person who is a holder of five percent or more of a class of our common stock, or any immediate family member of such a holder.

A related person who is one of our officers, directors or employees ("Employee") is subject to our Ethics Code.  The Ethics Code requires the Employee to act in the best interest of the Company and to avoid situations which may conflict with this obligation.  The code specifically provides that a conflict of interest occurs when an Employee's private interest interferes in any way with our interest.  In the event an Employee suspects such a conflict, or even an appearance of conflict, he or she is urged by the Ethics Code to report the matter to an appropriate authority.  The Ethics Code, Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee Charter and the Audit Committee Charter define that authority as being our Chief Financial Officer, the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, the Audit Committee (in the context of suspected illegal or unethical behavior-related violations pertaining to accounting, or internal controls on accounting or audit matters), or the Employee's supervisor within the Company, as the case may be.

The Ethics Code further provides that an Employee is prohibited from taking a personal interest in a business opportunity discovered through use of corporate position, information or property that properly belongs to us.  The Ethics Code also provides that an Employee must not compete with, and in particular, must not use corporate position, information, or property for personal gain or to compete with, us.

The Ethics Code provides that any waiver of its provisions for our executive officers and directors may be made only by our board and must be promptly disclosed to our shareholders.  This disclosure must include an identification of the person who received the waiver, the date of the grant of the waiver by our board, and a brief description of the circumstances and reasons under which it was given.

The Ethics Code is silent as to the treatment of immediate family members of our Employees, holders of five percent or more of a class of our stock, or the immediate family members of them.  We consider such Related Transactions with such persons on a case-by-case basis, if at all, by analogy to existing procedures as above described pertaining to our Employees.

During 2013, there were no new Transactions with Related Persons.  The leases described previously were entered into prior to the establishment of the Ethics Code.

Director Independence

The term Independent Director as used by us is an individual, other than one of our executive officers or employees, and other than any other individual having a relationship which in the opinion of our board would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director.  See "Part III – Item 10 – Audit Committee, Audit Committee Financial Expert."

Mr. Brett, our Chairman of the Board, while in that capacity an officer under our Bylaws and responsible for the conduct of our board meetings and shareholder meetings when present, is considered by our board to have no greater influence on our affairs or authority to act on behalf of us than any of the non-executive directors on our board.


78

Our board believes each of its members satisfies the definition of an Independent Director, with the exception of Mr. Duncan who is an officer and employee of the Company.  That is, in the case of all other board members, our board believes each of them is an individual having a relationship which does not interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the member's director responsibilities to us.

Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services

Overview

On February 26, 2014, our Audit Committee approved the appointment of Grant Thornton as the Company’s External Accountant for 2014.  Also on that date, our board ratified that appointment by the Audit Committee.

Pre-Approval Policies and Procedures

We have established as policy, through the adoption of the Audit Committee Charter that, before our External Accountant is engaged by us to render audit services, the engagement must be approved by the Audit Committee.

Our Audit Committee Charter provides that our Audit Committee is directly responsible for appointment, compensation, retention, oversight, qualifications and independence of our External Accountant.  Also under our Audit Committee Charter, all audit services provided by our External Accountant must be pre-approved by the Audit Committee.

Our pre-approval policies and procedures with respect to Non-Audit Services include as a part of the Audit Committee Charter that the Audit Committee may choose any of the following options for approving such services:
•
Full Audit Committee – The full Audit Committee can consider each Non-Audit Service.
•
Designee – The Audit Committee can designate one of its members to approve a Non-Audit Service, with that member reporting approvals to the full committee.
•
Pre-Approval of Categories – The Audit Committee can pre-approve categories of Non-Audit Services.  Should this option be chosen, the categories must be specific enough to ensure both of the following –
◦
The Audit Committee knows exactly what it is approving and can determine the effect of such approval on auditor independence.
◦
Management will not find it necessary to decide whether a specific service falls within a category of pre-approved Non-Audit Service.

The Audit Committee's pre-approval of Non-Audit Services may be waived under specific provisions of the Audit Committee Charter.  The prerequisites for waiver are as follows: (1) the aggregate amount of all Non-Audit Services constitutes not more than 5% of the total amount of revenue paid by us to our External Accountant during the fiscal year in which those services are provided; (2) the service is originally thought to be a part of an audit by our External Accountant; (3) the service turns out to be a Non-Audit Service; and (4) the service is promptly brought to the attention of the Audit Committee and approved prior to completion of the audit by the committee or by one or more members of the committee who are members of our board to whom authority to grant such approvals has been delegated by the committee.

During 2013, there were no waivers of our Audit Committee pre-approval policy.


79

Fees and Services
The aggregate fees billed to us by our External Accountant in each of these categories for each of 2013 and 2012 are set forth as follows:

External Accountant Auditor Fees

Type of Fees
 
2013
 
2012
Audit Fees1
 
$
2,291,961

 
$
1,660,909

Audit-Related Fees2
 
29,400

 
29,846

Tax Fees3
 
147,761

 
54,964

All Other Fees4
 
---

 
---

Total
 
$
2,469,122

 
$
1,745,719

____________________________ 
1
Consists of fees for our annual financial statement audit, quarterly financial statement reviews, reviews of other filings by us with the SEC, audit of our internal control over financial reporting and for services that are normally provided by an auditor in connection with statutory and regulatory filings or engagements.
2 
Consists of fees for audit of the GCI 401(k) Plan and review of the related annual report on Form 11-K filed with the SEC.
3 
Consists of fees for review of our state and federal income tax returns and consultation on various tax advice and tax planning matters.
4 
Consists of fees for any services not included in the first three types of fees identified in the table.
___________________

All of the services described above were approved in conformity with the Audit Committee's pre-approval policy.

80

Part IV

Item 15. Exhibits, Consolidated Financial Statement Schedules

(1)  Consolidated Financial Statements
Page No.
 
 
Included in Part II of this Report:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(2)  Consolidated Financial Statement Schedules
 
 
 
Schedules are omitted, as they are not required or are not applicable, or the required information is shown in the applicable financial statements or notes thereto.
 
 
 

81

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm


Board of Directors and Shareholders
General Communication, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of General Communication, Inc. (an Alaska corporation) and subsidiaries (collectively, the “Company”) as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the related consolidated statements of income, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of General Communication, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013, based on criteria established in the 1992 Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”), and our report dated March 26, 2014 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

/s/ GRANT THORNTON LLP

Seattle, Washington
March 26, 2014



82

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm


Board of Directors and Shareholders
General Communication, Inc.

We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of General Communication, Inc. (an Alaska corporation) and subsidiaries (collectively, the “Company”) as of December 31, 2013, based on criteria established in the 1992 Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”). The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting (“Management’s Report”). Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. Our audit of, and opinion on, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting does not include the internal control over financial reporting associated with total net revenue of $13.6 million of Alaska Wireless Networks (“AWN”), a consolidated subsidiary of the Company, for the year ended December 31, 2013. As indicated in Management’s Report, on July 22, 2013, the Company closed the transactions under the Wireless Agreement entered into on June 4, 2012, pursuant to which the parties agreed to contribute the respective wireless network assets of the Company, Alaska Communications Systems (“ACS”) and their affiliates to AWN. Management’s assertion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control excluded internal control over financial reporting associated with AWN net revenue totaling $13.6 million.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013, based on criteria established in the 1992 Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by COSO.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated financial statements of the Company as of and for the year ended December 31, 2013, and our report dated March 26, 2014 expressed an unqualified opinion on those financial statements.

/s/ GRANT THORNTON LLP

Seattle, Washington
March 26, 2014

83

GENERAL COMMUNICATION, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(Amounts in thousands)
December 31,
ASSETS
2013
 
2012
Current assets:
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
$
44,971

 
24,491

 
 
 
 
Receivables (including $28,000 from a related party at December 31, 2013)
228,372

 
150,436

Less allowance for doubtful receivables
2,346

 
3,215

Net receivables
226,026

 
147,221

 
 
 
 
Deferred income taxes
39,753

 
12,897

Inventories
10,347

 
12,098

Prepaid expenses
7,725

 
8,441

Other current assets
230

 
1,678

Total current assets
329,052

 
206,826

 
 
 
 
Property and equipment in service, net of depreciation
969,578

 
838,247

Construction in progress
87,476

 
94,418

Net property and equipment
1,057,054

 
932,665

Goodwill
219,041

 
77,294

Cable certificates
191,635

 
191,635

Wireless licenses
91,400

 
25,967

Other intangible assets, net of amortization
71,435

 
16,560

Deferred loan and senior notes costs, net of amortization of $6,545 and $4,554 at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively
12,129

 
11,189

Other assets
40,061

 
44,386

Total other assets
625,701

 
367,031

Total assets
$
2,011,807

 
1,506,522

 
 
 
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
 
 


Continued
84

GENERAL COMMUNICATION, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(Continued)

(Amounts in thousands)
 
December 31,
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
 
2013
 
2012
Current liabilities:
 
 
 
 
Current maturities of obligations under long-term debt and capital leases
 
$
9,301

 
7,923

Accounts payable (including $11,200 to a related party at December 31, 2013)
 
65,095

 
52,384

Accrued payroll and payroll related obligations
 
29,855

 
19,440

Deferred revenue
 
27,586

 
25,218

Accrued liabilities
 
14,359

 
15,242

Accrued interest
 
7,088

 
6,786

Subscriber deposits
 
1,326

 
1,366

Total current liabilities
 
154,610

 
128,359

 
 
 
 
 
Long-term debt, net
 
1,045,144

 
875,123

Obligations under capital leases, excluding current maturities
 
66,261

 
72,725

Obligation under capital lease due to related party, excluding current maturity
 
1,880

 
1,892

Deferred income taxes
 
161,476

 
123,661

Long-term deferred revenue
 
88,259

 
89,815

Other liabilities
 
36,823

 
25,511

Total liabilities
 
1,554,453

 
1,317,086

 
 
 
 
 
Commitments and contingencies
 

 

Stockholders’ equity:
 
 
 
 
Common stock (no par):
 
 
 
 
Class A. Authorized 100,000 shares; issued 37,299 and 38,534 shares at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively; outstanding 37,209 and 38,357 shares at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively
 
11,467

 
22,703

Class B. Authorized 10,000 shares; issued and outstanding 3,165 and 3,169 shares at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively; convertible on a share-per-share basis into Class A common stock
 
2,673

 
2,676

Less cost of 90 and 177 Class A common shares held in treasury at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively
 
(866
)
 
(1,617
)
Paid-in capital
 
26,880

 
25,832

Retained earnings
 
116,990

 
107,584

Total General Communication, Inc. stockholders' equity
 
157,144

 
157,178

Non-controlling interests
 
300,210

 
32,258

Total stockholders’ equity
 
457,354

 
189,436

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
 
$
2,011,807

 
1,506,522

 
 
 
 
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

85

GENERAL COMMUNICATION, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENTS
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2013, 2012, AND 2011

(Amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)
2013
 
2012
 
2011
Revenues:
 
 
 
 
 
Non-related party
$
782,971

 
710,181

 
679,381

Related party
28,677

 
—

 
—

Total revenues
811,648

 
710,181

 
679,381

 
 
 
 
 
 
Cost of goods sold (exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown separately below):
 
 
 
 
 
Non-related party
275,701

 
247,501

 
227,399

Related party
4,761

 
—

 
—

Total cost of goods sold
280,462

 
247,501

 
227,399

 
 
 
 
 
 
Selling, general and administrative expenses
271,065

 
243,248

 
235,521

Depreciation and amortization expense
147,259

 
130,452

 
125,937

Operating income
112,862

 
88,980

 
90,524

 
 
 
 
 
 
Other income (expense):
 
 
 
 
 
Interest expense (including amortization of deferred loan fees)
(69,725
)
 
(67,747
)
 
(68,258
)
Loss on extinguishment of debt
(103
)
 
—

 
(9,111
)
Other
(350
)
 
17

 
(264
)
Other expense, net
(70,178
)
 
(67,730
)
 
(77,633
)
Income before income tax expense
42,684

 
21,250

 
12,891

Income tax expense
(10,957
)
 
(12,088
)
 
(7,405
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income
31,727

 
9,162

 
5,486

Net income (loss) attributable to non-controlling interests
22,321

 
(511
)
 
(238
)
Net income attributable to General Communication, Inc.
$
9,406

 
9,673

 
5,724

Basic net income attributable to General Communication, Inc. common stockholders per Class A common share
$
0.23

 
0.23

 
0.13

Basic net income attributable to General Communication, Inc. common stockholders per Class B common share
$
0.23

 
0.23

 
0.13

Diluted net income attributable to General Communication, Inc. common stockholders per Class A common share
$
0.23

 
0.23

 
0.12

Diluted net income attributable to General Communication, Inc. common stockholders per Class B common share
$
0.23

 
0.23

 
0.12

 
 
 
 
 
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
 
 
 
 

86

 GENERAL COMMUNICATION, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2013, 2012 AND 2011
(Amounts in thousands)
Class A
Common
Stock
 
Class B
Common
Stock
 
Class A
and B
Shares
Held in
Treasury
 
Paid-in
Capital
 
Retained
Earnings
 
Non-
controlling
Interests
 
Total
Stockholders’
Equity
Balances at January 1, 2011
$
69,396

 
2,677

 
(2,249
)
 
37,075

 
92,200

 
—

 
199,099

Net income (loss)
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
5,724

 
(238
)
 
5,486

Common stock repurchases and retirements
(55,685
)
 
—

 
24

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
(55,661
)
Shares issued under stock option plan
947

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
947

Issuance of restricted stock awards
11,523

 
—

 
—

 
(11,523
)
 
—

 
—

 
—

Share-based compensation expense
—

 
—

 
—

 
7,243

 
—

 
—

 
7,243

Investment by non-controlling interest
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
16,546

 
16,546

Other
(2
)
 
2

 
—

 
—

 
(13
)
 
—

 
(13
)
Balances at December 31, 2011
26,179

 
2,679

 
(2,225
)
 
32,795

 
97,911

 
16,308

 
173,647

Net income (loss)
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
9,673

 
(511
)
 
9,162

Common stock repurchases and retirements
(17,701
)
 
—

 
90

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
(17,611
)
Shares issued under stock option plan
2,118

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
2,118

Issuance of restricted stock awards
12,104

 
—

 
—

 
(12,104
)
 
—

 
—

 
—

Share-based compensation expense
—

 
—

 
—

 
5,072

 
—

 
—

 
5,072

Issuance of treasury shares related to deferred compensation payment
—

 
—

 
511

 
69

 
—

 
—

 
580

Investment by non-controlling interest
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
16,461

 
16,461

Other
3

 
(3
)
 
7

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
7

Balances at December 31, 2012
22,703

 
2,676

 
(1,617
)
 
25,832

 
107,584

 
32,258

 
189,436

Net income
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
9,406

 
22,321

 
31,727

Common stock repurchases and retirements
(17,338
)
 
—

 
130

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
(17,208
)
Shares issued under stock option plan
622

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
622

Issuance of restricted stock awards
5,477

 
—

 
—

 
(5,477
)
 
—

 
—

 
—

Share-based compensation expense
—

 
—

 
—

 
6,525

 
—

 
—

 
6,525

Issuance of treasury shares related to deferred compensation payment
—

 
—

 
621

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
621

Investment by non-controlling interests
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
267,642

 
267,642

Distribution to non-controlling interests
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
(22,011
)
 
(22,011
)
Other
3

 
(3
)
 
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

Balances at December 31, 2013
$
11,467

 
2,673

 
(866
)
 
26,880

 
116,990

 
300,210

 
457,354

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

87

GENERAL COMMUNICATION, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2013, 2012 AND 2011
(Amounts in thousands)
2013
 
2012
 
2011
Cash flows from operating activities:
 
 
 
 
 
Net income
$
31,727

 
9,162

 
5,486

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
 
 
 
 
 
Depreciation and amortization expense
147,259

 
130,452

 
125,937

Deferred income tax expense
10,957

 
12,088

 
7,405

Share-based compensation expense
6,638

 
5,040

 
6,620

Loss on extinguishment of debt
103

 
—

 
9,111

Other noncash income and expense items
5,128

 
6,651

 
8,555

Change in operating assets and liabilities
(42,178
)
 
(10,610
)
 
(28,680
)
Net cash provided by operating activities
159,634

 
152,783

 
134,434

Cash flows from investing activities:
 
 
 
 
 
Purchases of property and equipment
(180,554
)
 
(146,038
)
 
(177,090
)
Purchase of businesses, net of cash received
(107,600
)
 
(1,874
)
 
(352
)
Restricted cash
23,997

 
(25,244
)
 
(16,621
)
Purchases of other assets and intangible assets
(6,027
)
 
(6,152
)
 
(5,423
)
Grant proceeds
2,405

 
10,403

 
35,060

Other
1,428

 
—

 
233

Net cash used in investing activities
(266,351
)
 
(168,905
)
 
(164,193
)
Cash flows from financing activities:
 
 
 
 
 
Borrowing on Senior Credit Facility
261,000

 
70,000

 
142,000

Repayment of debt and capital lease obligations
(98,152
)
 
(64,540
)
 
(429,626
)
Distribution to non-controlling interest
(17,845
)
 
—

 
—

Purchase of treasury stock to be retired
(17,208
)
 
(17,611
)
 
(55,661
)
Payment of debt issuance costs
(2,990
)
 
—

 
(3,603
)
Borrowing of other long-term debt
1,770

 
4,729

 
35,201

Proceeds from stock option exercises
622

 
2,118

 
947

Investment by non-controlling interests
—

 
16,461

 
16,546

Issuance of Senior Notes
—

 
—

 
325,000

Payment of Senior Notes call premiums
—

 
—

 
(4,728
)
Other
—

 
69

 
—

Net cash provided by financing activities
127,197

 
11,226

 
26,076

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
20,480

 
(4,896
)
 
(3,683
)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
24,491

 
29,387

 
33,070

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
$
44,971

 
24,491

 
29,387

 
 
 
 
 
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
 
 
 
 

88

GENERAL COMMUNICATION, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(1) Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Principles
In the following discussion, General Communication, Inc. (“GCI”) and its direct and indirect subsidiaries are referred to as “we,” “us” and “our.”

(a)
Business
GCI, an Alaska corporation, was incorporated in 1979. We offer the following services primarily in Alaska:
•
Postpaid and prepaid wireless telephone services and sale of wireless telephone handsets and accessories,
•
Video services,
•
Internet access services,
•
Wholesale wireless, including postpaid and prepaid wireless plans for resale by other carriers and roaming for certain wireless carriers,
•
Origination and termination of wireline traffic for certain common carriers,
•
Local and long-distance telephone service,
•
Data network services,
•
Broadband services, including our SchoolAccess® offering to rural school districts, our ConnectMD® offering to rural hospitals and health clinics, and managed video conferencing,
•
Managed services to certain commercial customers,
•
Sales and service of dedicated communications systems and related equipment, and
•
Lease, service arrangements and maintenance of capacity on our fiber optic cable systems used in the transmission of services within Alaska and between Alaska and the remaining United States and foreign countries.

(b)
Basis of Presentation and Principles of Consolidation
Our consolidated financial statements include the consolidated accounts of GCI and its wholly owned subsidiaries, The Alaska Wireless Network, LLC ("AWN") of which we own a two-third interest and four variable interest entities (“VIEs”) for which we are the primary beneficiary after providing certain loans and guarantees and have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America ("GAAP").  These VIEs are Terra GCI Investment Fund, LLC (“TIF”), Terra GCI 2 Investment Fund, LLC (“TIF 2”), Terra GCI 2-USB Investment Fund, LLC (“TIF 2-USB”) and Terra GCI 3 Investment Fund, LLC (“TIF 3”).  TIF became a VIE on August 30, 2011.  TIF 2 and TIF 2-USB became VIEs on October 3, 2012.  TIF 3 became a VIE on December 11, 2012.  We also include in our consolidated financial statements non-controlling interests in consolidated subsidiaries for which our ownership is less than 100 percent.  All significant intercompany transactions between non-regulated affiliates of our company are eliminated.   Intercompany transactions generated between regulated and non-regulated affiliates of our company are not eliminated in consolidation.

(c)
Non-controlling Interests
Non-controlling interests represent the equity ownership interests in consolidated subsidiaries not owned by us.  Non-controlling interests are adjusted for contributions, distributions, and earnings (loss) attributable to the non-controlling interest partners of the consolidated entities.  Income and loss is allocated to the non-controlling interests based on the respective partnership agreements.


89
GENERAL COMMUNICATION, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 

(d)
Acquisitions

AWN
On July 22, 2013, we closed the transactions under the Asset Purchase and Contribution Agreement (“Wireless Agreement”) and other related agreements entered into on June 4, 2012 by and among Alaska Communications Systems Group, Inc. (“ACS”), GCI, ACS Wireless, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of ACS, GCI Wireless Holdings, LLC, a wholly owned subsidiary of GCI, and AWN, pursuant to which the parties agreed to contribute the respective wireless network assets of GCI, ACS and their affiliates to AWN. AWN provides wholesale services to GCI and ACS. GCI and ACS use the AWN network in order to continue to sell services to their respective retail customers. GCI and ACS continue to compete against each other and other wireless providers in the retail wireless market.

Under the terms of the Wireless Agreement, we contributed our wireless network assets and certain rights to use capacity to AWN. Additionally, ACS contributed its wireless network assets and certain rights to use capacity to AWN. As consideration for the contributed business assets and liabilities, ACS received $100.0 million in cash from GCI, a one-third ownership interest in AWN and entitlements to receive preferential cash distributions totaling $190.0 million over the first four years of AWN’s operations ("Preference Period") contingent on the future cash flows of AWN. The preferential cash distribution is cumulative and may be paid beyond the Preference Period until the entire $190.0 million is paid. We believe ACS's preferential cash distributions are expected to be higher than that which they would receive from their one-third interest. We received a two-third ownership interest in AWN, as well as entitlements to receive all remaining cash distributions after ACS’s preferential cash distributions during the Preference Period. The distributions to each member are subject to adjustment based on the number of ACS and GCI wireless subscribers, with the aggregate adjustment capped at $21.8 million for each member over the Preference Period. Following the Preference Period, we and ACS will receive distributions proportional to our ownership interests.

We accounted for the acquisition of AWN using the acquisition method of accounting for business combinations with GCI treated as the acquiring entity. Accordingly, the assets and liabilities contributed by ACS were recorded at estimated fair values as of July 23, 2013, using the acquisition method of accounting in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification ("ASC") 805, Business Combinations. We used a combination of the discounted cash flows and market method to value the wireless licenses. We used the cost approach to value the acquired fixed assets and rights to use capacity assets. We used a discounted cash flow method to determine the fair value of the non-controlling interest. The assets and liabilities contributed to AWN by GCI were measured at their carrying amount immediately prior to the contribution as GCI is maintaining control over the assets and liabilities.


90
GENERAL COMMUNICATION, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 

We have not completed our analysis of the valuation, therefore, the amounts recorded and classifications used for the assets acquired and liabilities assumed are provisional and subject to change. We will finalize the amounts recognized as we obtain the information necessary to complete our analysis. The following table summarizes the preliminary purchase price and the estimated fair value of ACS’s assets acquired and liabilities assumed, effective July 23, 2013 (amounts in thousands):

Purchase price:
 
 
Cash consideration paid
 
$
100,000

Fair value of the one-third ownership interest of AWN
 
267,642

Total purchase price
 
$
367,642

 
 
 
Assets acquired and liabilities assumed:
 
 
Acquired assets
 
 
Current assets
 
$
16,952

Property and equipment, including construction in progress
 
82,473

Goodwill
 
140,081

Wireless licenses
 
65,433

Rights to use capacity
 
52,636

Other assets
 
16,078

Fair value of liabilities assumed
 
(6,011
)
Total fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed
 
$
367,642


Goodwill in the amount of $140.1 million was recorded as a result of the acquisition and assigned to our Wireless segment. Goodwill is calculated as the excess of the consideration transferred over the net assets recognized and represents the estimated future economic benefits arising from other assets acquired that could not be individually identified and separately recognized. The goodwill is primarily the result of synergies expected from the combination. Other assets is primarily comprised of future capacity receivable.

The acquisition resulted in additional revenues of $50.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. It is impracticable for us to determine the amount of earnings of the acquired business included in our Consolidated Income Statement for the year ended December 31, 2013, due to the significant transfer of personnel, fixed assets and other expenses into and between newly created and historical cost centers that has occurred subsequent to the acquisition.

Unaudited pro forma financial information does not purport to be indicative of the actual results that would have occurred if the acquisition had actually been completed on January 1, 2012, nor is it necessarily indicative of the future revenue of the combined company. The following unaudited pro forma financial information is presented as if the acquisition occurred on January 1, 2012 (amounts in thousands):

 
(unaudited)
 
Years Ended 
 December 31, 2013
 
2013
 
2012
Pro forma consolidated revenue
$
897,270

 
848,676


Supplemental pro forma earnings have not been provided as it would be impracticable due to the nature of GCI's and ACS's respective wireless operations prior to the business combination. GCI and ACS were unable to disaggregate the components of expenses related to their wireless operations contributed to AWN

91
GENERAL COMMUNICATION, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 

and thus the amounts would require estimates so significant that the resulting information would not be meaningful.

Transaction costs of $1.8 million and $2.9 million were recorded in selling, general and administrative expense in the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Denali Media Holdings
Effective November 1, 2013 we closed the transactions under the asset purchase agreements, pursuant to which Denali Media Holdings, Corp., a wholly owned subsidiary of GCI, through its wholly owned subsidiaries, Denali Media Anchorage, Corp. and Denali Media Southeast, Corp., agreed to purchase three Alaska broadcast stations: CBS affiliate KTVA-TV of Anchorage and NBC affiliates KATH-TV in Juneau and KSCT-TV of Sitka, for a total of $7.6 million (“Media Agreements”). We accounted for the acquisitions using the acquisition method of accounting for business combinations with GCI treated as the acquiring entity. We consider these business combinations to be immaterial to our consolidated financial statements.

(e)
Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements
There were various updates recently issued which represented technical corrections to the accounting literature or application to specific industries. None of the updates are expected to a have a material impact on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

(f)
Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements
Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2012-2, “Intangibles – Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Testing Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets for Impairment” allows an entity to assess qualitative factors (such as changes in management, key personnel, strategy, key technology or customers) to determine if it is more likely than not that an indefinite-lived intangible asset is impaired and thus whether it is necessary to perform the quantitative impairment test in accordance with GAAP.  The adoption of ASU 2012-2 on January 1, 2013 did not have a material impact on our income statements, financial position or cash flows.

ASU 2012-4, “Technical Corrections and Improvements” includes amendments that cover a wide range of topics in the ASC. These amendments include technical corrections and improvements to the ASC and conforming amendments related to fair value measurements.  The adoption of ASU 2012-4 on January 1, 2013 did not have a material impact on our income statements, financial position or cash flows.

(g)
Regulatory Accounting
We account for our regulated operations in accordance with the accounting principles for regulated enterprises.  This accounting recognizes the economic effects of rate regulation by recording cost and a return on investment as such amounts are recovered through rates authorized by regulatory authorities.  Accordingly, plant and equipment is depreciated over lives approved by regulators and certain costs and obligations are deferred based upon approvals received from regulators to permit recovery of such amounts in future years.  Our cost studies and depreciation rates for our regulated operations are subject to periodic audits that could result in a change to recorded revenues.

(h)
Earnings per Common Share
We compute net income per share of Class A and Class B common stock using the “two class” method.  Therefore, basic net income per share is computed by dividing net income applicable to common stockholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period.  Diluted net income per share is computed by dividing net income by the weighted average number of common and dilutive common equivalent shares outstanding during the period.  The computation of the dilutive net income per share of Class A common stock assumes the conversion of Class B common stock to Class A common stock, while the dilutive net income per share of Class B common stock does not assume the conversion of those shares. Additionally, in applying the “two-class” method, undistributed earnings are allocated to both common shares and participating securities. Our restricted stock grants are entitled to dividends and meet the criteria of a participating security.

Undistributed earnings for each year are allocated based on the contractual participation rights of Class A and Class B common shares as if the earnings for the year had been distributed.  In accordance with our Articles of Incorporation, if and when dividends are declared on our common stock in accordance with

92
GENERAL COMMUNICATION, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 

Alaska corporate law, equivalent dividends shall be paid with respect to the shares of Class A and Class B common stock. Both classes of common stock have identical dividend rights and would therefore share equally in our net assets in the event of liquidation. As such, we have allocated undistributed earnings on a proportionate basis.

Earnings per common share (“EPS”) and common shares used to calculate basic and diluted EPS consist of the following (amounts in thousands, except per share amounts):
 
Year Ended
December 31, 2013
 
Class A
 
Class B
Basic net income per share:
 
 
 
Numerator:
 
 
 
Allocation of undistributed earnings
$
8,678

 
728

 
 
 
 
Denominator:
 
 
 
Weighted average common shares outstanding
37,732

 
3,166

Basic net income attributable to GCI common stockholders per common share
$
0.23

 
0.23

 
 
 
 
Diluted net income per share:
 
 
 
Numerator:
 
 
 
Allocation of undistributed earnings for basic computation
$
8,678

 
728

Reallocation of undistributed earnings as a result of conversion of Class B to Class A shares
728

 
—

Effect of share based compensation that may be settled in cash or shares
—

 
(3
)
Net income adjusted for allocation of undistributed earnings
$
9,406

 
725

 
 
 
 
Denominator:
 
 
 
Number of shares used in basic computation
37,732

 
3,166

Conversion of Class B to Class A common shares outstanding
3,166

 
—

Unexercised stock options
142

 
—

Number of shares used in per share computation
41,040

 
3,166

Diluted net income attributable to GCI common stockholders per common share
$
0.23

 
0.23




93
GENERAL COMMUNICATION, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 

 
Years Ended December 31,
 
2012
 
2011
 
Class A
 
Class B
 
Class A
 
Class B
Basic net income per share:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Numerator:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Allocation of undistributed earnings
$
8,938

 
735

 
$
5,323

 
401

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Denominator:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Weighted average common shares outstanding
38,560

 
3,170

 
42,175

 
3,175

Basic net income attributable to GCI common stockholders per common share
$
0.23

 
0.23

 
$
0.13

 
0.13

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Diluted net income per share:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Numerator:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Allocation of undistributed earnings for basic computation
$
8,938

 
735

 
$
5,323

 
401

Reallocation of undistributed earnings as a result of conversion of Class B to Class A shares
735

 
—

 
401

 
—

Reallocation of undistributed earnings as a result of conversion of dilutive securities
—

 
(8
)
 
—

 
(30
)
Effect of share based compensation that may be settled in cash or shares
(13
)
 
—

 
(367
)
 
—

Net income adjusted for allocation of undistributed earnings and effect of share based compensation that may be settled in cash or shares
$
9,660

 
727

 
$
5,357

 
371

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Denominator:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Number of shares used in basic computation
38,560

 
3,170

 
42,175

 
3,175

Conversion of Class B to Class A common shares outstanding
3,170

 
—

 
3,175

 
—

Unexercised stock options
158

 
—

 
322

 
—

Effect of share based compensation that may be settled in cash or shares
231

 
—

 
217

 
—

Number of shares used in per share computation
42,119

 
3,170

 
45,889

 
3,175

Diluted net income attributable to GCI common stockholders per common share
$
0.23

 
0.23

 
$
0.12

 
0.12


Weighted average shares associated with outstanding share awards for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 which have been excluded from the computations of diluted EPS, because the effect of including these share awards would have been anti-dilutive, consist of the following (shares, in thousands):
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
Shares associated with anti-dilutive unexercised stock options
86

 
88

 
38

Share-based compensation that may be settled in cash or shares, the effect of which is anti-dilutive
90

 
—

 
—




94
GENERAL COMMUNICATION, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 

Shares associated with contingent awards for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, which have been excluded from the computations of diluted EPS because the contingencies of these awards have not been met at December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, consist of the following (shares in thousands):
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
Shares associated with contingent awards
—

 
58

 
34


(i)
Common Stock
Following are the changes in issued common stock for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 (shares, in thousands):
 
Class A
 
Class B
Balances at January 1, 2011
44,213

 
3,178

Class B shares converted to Class A
7

 
(7
)
Shares issued upon stock option exercises
163

 
—

Share awards issued
460

 
—

Shares retired
(5,244
)
 
—

Shares acquired to settle minimum statutory tax withholding requirements
(287
)
 
—

Other
(16
)
 
—

Balances at December 31, 2011
39,296

 
3,171

Class B shares converted to Class A
2

 
(2
)
Shares issued upon stock option exercises
320

 
—

Share awards issued
731

 
—

Shares retired
(1,469
)
 
—

Shares acquired to settle minimum statutory tax withholding requirements
(337
)
 
—

Other
(9
)
 
—

Balances at December 31, 2012
38,534

 
3,169

Class B shares converted to Class A
4

 
(4
)
Shares issued upon stock option exercises
87

 
—

Share awards issued
680

 
—

Shares retired
(1,859
)
 
—

Shares acquired to settle minimum statutory tax withholding requirements
(147
)
 
—

Balances at December 31, 2013
37,299

 
3,165


GCI’s Board of Directors has authorized a common stock buyback program for the repurchase of GCI’s Class A and Class B common stock in order to reduce the outstanding shares of Class A and Class B common stock.  Under the common stock buyback plan approved by GCI’s Board of Directors in 2010 we were authorized to repurchase up to $200.0 million worth of GCI common stock, to increase our repurchase limit $5.0 million per quarter indefinitely and to use stock option exercise proceeds to repurchase additional shares.  If stock repurchases are less than the total approved quarterly amount the difference may be carried forward and used to repurchase additional shares in future quarters.  The cost of the repurchased common stock reduced Common Stock on our Consolidated Balance Sheets.

During the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 we repurchased 1.8 million, 1.5 million and 5.2 million shares, respectively, of our Class A common stock under the stock buyback program at a cost of $15.6 million, $14.0 million and $52.6 million, respectively.  Under this program we are currently authorized to make up to $106.0 million of repurchases as of December 31, 2013.  The repurchased stock was constructively retired as of December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011.

95
GENERAL COMMUNICATION, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 


We expect to continue the repurchases for an indefinite period dependent on leverage, liquidity, company performance, and market conditions and subject to continued oversight by GCI’s Board of Directors.

(j)
Redeemable Preferred Stock
We have 1,000,000 shares of preferred stock authorized with no shares issued and outstanding at years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011.

(k)
Treasury Stock
We account for treasury stock purchased for general corporate purposes under the cost method and include treasury stock as a component of Stockholders’ Equity.  Treasury stock purchased with intent to retire (whether or not the retirement is actually accomplished) is charged to Class A or Class B Common Stock.

(l)
Cash Equivalents
Cash equivalents consist of certificates of deposit which have an original maturity of three months or less at the date acquired and are readily convertible into cash.

(m)
Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Receivables
Trade accounts receivable are recorded at the invoiced amount and do not bear interest. The allowance for doubtful receivables is our best estimate of the amount of probable credit losses in our existing accounts receivable. We base our estimates on the aging of our accounts receivable balances, financial health of specific customers, regional economic data, changes in our collections process, regulatory requirements and our customers’ compliance with Universal Service Administrative Company rules. We review our allowance for doubtful receivables methodology at least annually.

Depending upon the type of account receivable our allowance is calculated using a pooled basis with an allowance for all accounts greater than 120 days past due or a specific identification method.  When a specific identification method is used, potentially uncollectible accounts due to bankruptcy or other issues are reviewed individually for collectability.  Account balances are charged off against the allowance when we feel it is probable the receivable will not be recovered. We do not have any off-balance-sheet credit exposure related to our customers.

(n)
Inventories
Wireless handset inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market (net realizable value). Cost is determined using the average cost method. Handset costs in excess of the revenues generated from handset sales, or handset subsidies, are expensed at the time of sale. We do not recognize the expected handset subsidies prior to the time of sale because the promotional discount decision is made at the point of sale and/or because we expect to recover the handset subsidies through service revenue.

Inventories of other merchandise for resale and parts are stated at the lower of cost or market. Cost is determined using the average cost method.

(o)
Property and Equipment
Property and equipment is stated at cost. Construction costs of facilities are capitalized. Equipment financed under capital leases is recorded at the lower of fair market value or the present value of future minimum lease payments at inception of the lease. Construction in progress represents transmission equipment and support equipment and systems not placed in service on December 31, 2013, that management intends to place in service during 2014.


96
GENERAL COMMUNICATION, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 

Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method based upon the shorter of the estimated useful lives of the assets or the lease term, if applicable, in the following ranges:
Asset Category
Asset Lives
Telephony transmission equipment and distribution facilities
5-20 years
Fiber optic cable systems
15-25 years
Cable transmission equipment and distribution facilities
5-30 years
Support equipment and systems
3-20 years
Transportation equipment
5-13 years
Property and equipment under capital leases
12-20 years
Buildings
25 years
Customer premise equipment
2-20 years
Studio equipment
10-15 years

Amortization of property and equipment under capital leases is included in Depreciation and Amortization Expense on the Consolidated Income Statements.

Repairs and maintenance are charged to expense as incurred. Expenditures for major renewals and betterments are capitalized. Accumulated depreciation is removed and gains or losses are recognized at the time of sales or other dispositions of property and equipment.

(p)
Intangible Assets and Goodwill
Goodwill, cable certificates (certificates of convenience and public necessity), wireless licenses and broadcast licenses are not amortized. Cable certificates represent certain perpetual operating rights to provide cable services. Wireless licenses represent the right to utilize certain radio frequency spectrum to provide wireless communications services.  Broadcast licenses represent the right to broadcast television stations in certain areas. Goodwill represents the excess of cost over fair value of net assets acquired in connection with a business acquisition.

All other amortizable intangible assets are being amortized over 2 to 20 year periods using the straight-line method.

(q)
Impairment of Intangibles, Goodwill, and Long-lived Assets
Cable certificates, wireless licenses and broadcast licenses are treated as indefinite-lived intangible assets and are tested annually for impairment or more frequently if events and circumstances indicate that the asset might be impaired.  We are allowed to assess qualitative factors (“Step Zero”) in our annual test over our indefinite-lived intangible assets other than goodwill. The impairment test for identifiable indefinite-lived intangible assets other than goodwill consists of a comparison of the estimated fair value of the intangible asset with its carrying value.  If the carrying value of the intangible asset exceeds its fair value, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to that excess.  After an impairment loss is recognized, the adjusted carrying amount of the asset becomes its new accounting basis.  Impairment testing of our cable certificate and wireless license assets as of October 31, 2013 and 2012, used a direct discounted cash flow method.  This approach requires us to make estimates and assumptions including projected cash flows and discount rates.  These estimates and assumptions could have a significant impact on whether an impairment charge is recognized and also the magnitude of any such impairment charge. We did not perform an impairment test on our broadcast license assets during 2013 since we acquired them in November 2013 when we acquired the television stations pursuant to the Media Agreement.

Our goodwill is tested annually for impairment, and is tested for impairment more frequently if events and circumstances indicate that the assets might be impaired.  In our annual test of goodwill we are allowed to use Step Zero to determine whether it is more likely than not that goodwill is impaired.  We chose not to apply Step Zero and chose to test for goodwill impairment using the traditional quantitative two-step process.  The first step of the quantitative goodwill impairment test is used to identify potential impairment by comparing the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount.  To determine our reporting units, we

97
GENERAL COMMUNICATION, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 

evaluate the components one level below the segment level and we aggregate the components if they have similar economic characteristics. As a result of this assessment, our reporting units are the same as our two reportable segments. If the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the second step of the goodwill impairment test compares the implied fair value of the reporting unit's goodwill with the carrying amount of that goodwill.  If the carrying amount of the reporting unit's goodwill exceeds the implied fair value of that goodwill, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to that excess.  The implied fair value of goodwill is determined in the same manner as the amount of goodwill that would be recognized in a business combination.  We use an income approach to determine the fair value of our reporting units for purposes of our goodwill impairment test.  In addition, a market-based approach is used where possible to corroborate the fair values determined by the income approach.  The income approach requires us to make estimates and assumptions including projected cash flows and discount rates.  These estimates and assumptions could have a significant impact on whether an impairment charge is recognized and also the magnitude of any such impairment charge.

We completed our annual review and no impairment charge was recorded for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 or 2011.

Long-lived assets, such as property, plant, and equipment, and purchased intangibles subject to amortization are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset group may not be recoverable.  Recoverability of an asset group to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset group to estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to be generated by the asset group.  If the carrying amount of an asset group exceeds its estimated undiscounted future cash flows, an impairment charge is recognized by the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset group exceeds the fair value of the asset group.

(r)
Amortization and Write-off of Loan Fees
Debt issuance costs are deferred and amortized using the effective interest method. If a refinancing or amendment of a debt instrument is a substantial modification, all or a portion of the applicable debt issuance costs are written off.  If a debt instrument is repaid prior to the maturity date we will write-off a proportional amount of debt issuance costs.

(s)
Other Assets
Other Assets primarily include future capacity receivable, broadcast licenses, restricted cash, long-term deposits, prepayments, and non-trade accounts receivable.

Under the terms of the Wireless Agreement, we acquired from ACS the rights to use additional network capacity which we may draw down in the future. The applicable portion of the future capacity receivable asset will be reclassified to the rights to use capacity asset when the capacity is placed in service and amortized using the straight-line method over the remaining 20 year period.

(t)
Asset Retirement Obligations
We record the fair value of a liability for an asset retirement obligation in the period in which it is incurred in Other Liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. When the liability is initially recorded, we capitalize a cost by increasing the carrying amount of the related long-lived asset. In periods subsequent to initial measurement, changes in the liability for an asset retirement obligation resulting from revisions to either the timing or the amount of the original estimate of undiscounted cash flows are recognized.  Over time, the liability is accreted to its present value each period, and the capitalized cost is depreciated over the useful life of the related asset.  Upon settlement of the liability, we either settle the obligation for its recorded amount or incur a gain or loss upon settlement.

98
GENERAL COMMUNICATION, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 


The majority of our asset retirement obligations are the estimated cost to remove telephony transmission equipment and support equipment from leased property.  Following is a reconciliation of the beginning and ending aggregate carrying amounts of our liability for asset retirement obligations (amounts in thousands):

Balance at December 31, 2011
$
15,223

Liability incurred
660

Accretion expense
508

Liability settled
(111
)
Balance at December 31, 2012
16,280

Liability incurred
5,292

Additions upon the close of AWN
5,218

Accretion expense
77

Liability settled
(65
)
Balance at December 31, 2013
$
26,802


During the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, we recorded additional capitalized costs of $10.5 million and $0.7 million, respectively, in Property and Equipment in Service, Net of Depreciation.

Certain of our network facilities are on property that requires us to have a permit and the permit contains provisions requiring us to remove our network facilities in the event the permit is not renewed.  We expect to continually renew our permits and therefore cannot estimate any liabilities associated with such agreements.  A remote possibility exists that we would not be able to successfully renew a permit, which could result in us incurring significant expense in complying with restoration or removal provisions.

(u)
Revenue Recognition
All revenues are recognized when the earnings process is complete. Revenue recognition is as follows:
•
Revenues generated from long-distance service usage and plan fees, Internet service excess usage, and managed services are recognized when the services are provided,
•
We recognize unbilled revenues when the service is provided based upon minutes of use processed, and/or established rates, net of credits and adjustments,
•
Video service package fees, local access and Internet service plan fees, and data network revenues are billed in advance, recorded as Deferred Revenue on the balance sheet, and are recognized as the associated service is provided,
•
Certain of our wireless services offerings have been determined to be revenue arrangements with multiple deliverables. Revenues are recognized as each element is earned based on objective evidence regarding the relative fair value of each element and when there are no undelivered elements that are essential to the functionality of the delivered elements. Revenues generated from wireless service usage and plan fees are recognized when the services are provided. Revenues generated from the sale of wireless handsets and accessories are recognized when title to the handset and accessories passes to the customer. As the non-refundable, up-front activation fee charged to the customer does not meet the criteria as a separate unit of accounting, we allocate the additional arrangement consideration received from the activation fee to the handset (the delivered item) to the extent that the aggregate handset and activation fee proceeds do not exceed the fair value of the handset. Any activation fees not allocated to the handset would be deferred upon activation and recognized as service revenue on a straight-line basis over the expected customer relationship period,
•
The majority of our equipment sale transactions involve the sale of communications equipment with no other services involved. Such equipment is subject to standard manufacturer warranties and we do not manufacture any of the equipment we sell. In such instances, the customer takes title to the equipment generally upon delivery. We recognize revenue for such transactions when title passes to the customer and the revenue is earned and realizable. On certain occasions we enter into agreements to sell and satisfactorily install or integrate telecommunications equipment for a fixed

99
GENERAL COMMUNICATION, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 

fee. Customers may have refund rights if the installed equipment does not meet certain performance criteria. We defer revenue recognition until we have received customer acceptance per the contract or agreement, and all other required revenue recognition elements have been achieved. Revenues from contracts with multiple element arrangements, such as those including installation and integration services, are recognized as each element is earned based on objective evidence regarding the relative fair value of each element and when there are no undelivered elements that are essential to the functionality of the delivered elements,
•
Technical services revenues are derived primarily from maintenance contracts on equipment and are recognized on a prorated basis over the term of the contracts,
•
We account for fiber capacity Indefeasible Right to Use ("IRU") agreements as an operating lease or service arrangement and we defer the revenue and recognize it ratably over the life of the IRU or as service is rendered,
•
Access revenue is recognized when earned.  We participate in access revenue pools with other telephone companies.  Such pools are funded by toll revenue and/or access charges regulated by the Regulatory Commission of Alaska ("RCA") within the intrastate jurisdiction and the Federal Communications Commission (“FCC”) within the interstate jurisdiction. Much of the interstate access revenue is initially recorded based on estimates. These estimates are derived from interim financial information, available separation studies and the most recent information available about achieved rates of return. These estimates are subject to adjustment in future accounting periods as additional information becomes available. To the extent that a dispute arises over revenue settlements, our policy is to defer revenue recognition until the dispute is resolved,
•
We receive grant revenue for the purpose of building communication infrastructure in rural areas.  We defer the revenue and recognize it over the life of the asset that was constructed using grant funds.
•
We pay cash incentives to ACS when wireless handsets are sold to their retail wireless customers and this incentive is recorded as an offset to revenue, and
•
Other revenues are recognized when the service is provided.

In October 2013 and February 2014 two of our customers received notices of denial and funding changes from the Rural Health Care Division of USAC related to certain services we provided during 2013.  In 2013 one customer filed an appeal with the FCC and we expect the other customer to file an FCC appeal in 2014.  We recognized $5.7 million during the year ended December 31, 2013, and because we believe our customers are in compliance with program rules, we expect our customers will prevail in their appeals we have not reduced our revenue recognition during the year ended December 31, 2013.

As an Eligible Telecommunications Carrier ("ETC"), we receive support from the Universal Service Fund ("USF") to support the provision of wireline local access and wireless service in high cost areas. In November 2011, the FCC published a final rule to reform the methodology for distributing USF high cost support for voice and broadband services, as well as to the access charge regime for terminating traffic between carriers (“High Cost Order”). The High Cost Order segregated the support methodology for Remote areas in Alaska from the support methodology for other urban areas, including Alaska Urban locations. The High Cost Order was a significant program change that required a reassessment of our high cost support revenue recognition.

Prior to the High Cost Order program changes, we accrued Remote and Urban estimated program revenue quarterly based on current line counts, the most current rates paid to us, our assessment of the impact of current FCC regulations, and our assessment of the potential outcome of FCC proceedings. Our estimated accrued revenue was subject to our judgment regarding the outcome of many variables and was subject to upward or downward adjustments in subsequent periods.

Remote High Cost Support
The High Cost Order mandated that as of January 1, 2012, the annual available Remote high cost support is based upon the 2011 support disbursed to Competitive Eligible Telecommunications Carriers (“CETCs”) (“Statewide Support Cap”) providing supported services in Remote Alaska, except AT&T. On January 1, 2012, the per-line rates paid in the Remote areas were frozen by the USF and cannot exceed $250 per line per month on a study area basis. Line count growth that causes support to exceed the Statewide Support

100
GENERAL COMMUNICATION, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 

Cap triggers a pro rata support payment reduction to all subject Alaska CETCs until the support is reduced to the Statewide Support Cap amount.

In the Third Order on Reconsideration issued in May 2012 the FCC determined that Remote support will continue to be based on line counts until the later of June 30, 2014, or the last full month prior to the implementation of a successor funding mechanism. If a successor funding mechanism is operational on July 1, 2014, a 20% annual phase down will commence decreasing support 20% each annual period until no support is paid starting July 1, 2018. If a successor funding mechanism is not operational on July 1, 2014, the phase down will not begin and the subject CETCs will continue to receive per-line based support (subject to the Statewide Support Cap) until a successor funding mechanism is operational. A subject CETC may not receive both phase down support and support from a successor funding mechanism; one program or the other must be selected. At December 31, 2013, we believe implementation of a successor funding mechanism prior to January 2015 is unlikely.

As a result of the High Cost Order program changes for the areas designated Remote by the FCC, beginning in the fourth quarter of 2011 we accrue estimated program revenue based on current line counts and the frozen per-line rates, reduced as needed by our estimate of the impact of the Statewide Support Cap. When determining the estimated program revenue accrual, we also consider our assessment of the impact of current FCC regulations and of the potential outcome of FCC proceedings. Our estimated accrued revenue is subject to our judgment regarding the outcome of many variables and is subject to upward or downward adjustment in subsequent periods.

Urban High Cost Support
The High Cost Order mandated that as of January 1, 2012, Urban high cost support payments are frozen at the monthly average of the subject CETC’s 2011 annual support. Urban high cost support is no longer dependent upon line counts. A 20% annual phase down commenced July 1, 2012, decreasing support 20% each annual period until no support is paid starting July 1, 2016. If a successor funding mechanism is not operational on July 1, 2014, the phase down will stop at 60% and the subject CETCs will continue to receive annual support payments at the 60% level until a successor funding mechanism is operational. At December 31, 2013, we believe implementation of a successor funding mechanism prior to January 2015 is unlikely.

As a result of the High Cost Order program changes for the areas designated as Urban by the FCC, we apply the proportional performance revenue recognition method to account for the impact of the declining payments while our level of service provided and associated costs remain constant. Included in the calculation are the scheduled Urban high cost support payments from October 2011 through January 2017 net of our Urban accounts receivable balance at September 30, 2011. An equal amount of this result is recognized as Urban support revenue each period.

For both Remote and Urban high cost support revenue, our ability to collect our accrued USF support is contingent upon continuation of the USF program and upon our eligibility to participate in that program, which are subject to change by future regulatory, legislative or judicial actions. We adjust revenue and the account receivable in the period the FCC makes a program change or we assess the likelihood that such a change has increased or decreased revenue. We do not recognize revenue related to a particular service area until our ETC status has been approved by the RCA.

We recorded high cost support revenue under the USF program of $55.6 million, $42.8 million and $48.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.  At December 31, 2013, we have $45.9 million and $0.5 million in Remote and Urban high cost accounts receivable, respectively.

(v)
Advertising Expense
We expense advertising costs in the period during which the first advertisement appears. Advertising expenses were $5.2 million, $4.9 million and $4.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.


101
GENERAL COMMUNICATION, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 

(w)
Leases
Scheduled operating lease rent increases are amortized over the expected lease term on a straight-line basis. Rent holidays are recognized on a straight-line basis over the operating lease term (including any rent holiday period).

Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of their economic lives or the lease term. We may amortize a leasehold improvement over a term that includes assumption of a lease renewal if the renewal is reasonably assured. Leasehold improvements acquired in a business combination are amortized over the shorter of the useful life of the assets or a term that includes required lease periods and renewals that are deemed to be reasonably assured at the date of acquisition. Leasehold improvements that are placed in service significantly after and are not contemplated at or near the beginning of the lease term are amortized over the shorter of the useful life of the assets or a term that includes required lease periods and renewals that are deemed to be reasonably assured at the date the leasehold improvements are purchased. Leasehold improvements made by us and funded by landlord incentives or allowances under an operating lease are recorded as deferred rent and amortized as reductions to lease expense over the lease term.

(x)
Interest Expense
Material interest costs incurred during the construction period of non-software capital projects are capitalized.  Interest costs incurred during the development period of a software capital project are capitalized.  Interest is capitalized in the period commencing with the first expenditure for a qualifying capital project and ending when the capital project is substantially complete and ready for its intended use. We capitalized interest costs of $4.6 million, $2.8 million and $3.7 million during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

(y)
Income Taxes
Income taxes are accounted for using the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for their future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax basis. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable earnings in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. A valuation allowance is recognized if it is more likely than not that some portion or the entire deferred tax asset will not be realized.

(z)
Comprehensive Income
Total comprehensive income was equal to net income during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011.

(aa)
Share-based Payment Arrangements
Compensation expense is recognized in the financial statements for share-based awards based on the grant date fair value of those awards. Share-based compensation expense includes an estimate for pre-vesting forfeitures and is recognized over the requisite service periods of the awards on a straight-line basis, which is generally commensurate with the vesting term.

We are required to report the benefits associated with tax deductions in excess of recognized compensation cost as a financing cash flow rather than as an operating cash flow.

(ab)
Use of Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period.  Significant items subject to estimates and assumptions include the allowance for doubtful receivables, unbilled revenues, accrual of the USF high cost Remote area program support, share-based compensation, inventory at lower of cost or market, reserve for future customer credits, liability for incurred but not reported medical insurance claims, valuation allowances for deferred income tax assets, depreciable and amortizable lives of assets, the carrying value of long-lived assets including goodwill, cable certificates, wireless and broadcast licenses, our effective tax rate, purchase price allocations, deferred lease expense, asset retirement obligations, the accrual of Cost of Goods Sold, depreciation and the accrual of contingencies and litigation.  Actual results could differ from those estimates.

102
GENERAL COMMUNICATION, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 


The accounting estimates related to revenues from the USF high cost Remote area program are dependent on various inputs including our estimate of the Statewide Support Cap, our assessment of the impact of new FCC regulations, and the potential outcome of FCC proceedings.  These inputs are subjective and based on our judgment regarding the outcome of certain variables and are subject to upward or downward adjustment in subsequent periods.

(ac)
Concentrations of Credit Risk
Financial instruments that potentially subject us to concentrations of credit risk are primarily cash and cash equivalents and accounts receivable. Excess cash is invested in high quality short-term liquid money instruments. At December 31, 2013 and 2012, substantially all of our cash and cash equivalents were invested in short-term liquid money instruments and the balances were in excess of Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation insured limits.

We do not have any major customers for the year ended December 31, 2013, see Note 10, “Industry Segment Data” of this Form 10-K.  Our customers are located primarily throughout Alaska. Because of this geographic concentration, our growth and operations depend upon economic conditions in Alaska.

(ad)
Software Capitalization Policy
Internally used software, whether purchased or developed, is capitalized and amortized using the straight-line method over an estimated useful life of five years. We capitalize certain costs associated with internally developed software such as payroll costs of employees devoting time to the projects and external direct costs for materials and services. Costs associated with internally developed software to be used internally are expensed until the point the project has reached the development stage. Subsequent additions, modifications or upgrades to internal-use software are capitalized only to the extent that they allow the software to perform a task it previously did not perform. Software maintenance and training costs are expensed in the period in which they are incurred. The capitalization of software requires judgment in determining when a project has reached the development stage.

(ae)
Guarantees
Certain of our customers have guaranteed levels of service.  If an interruption in service occurs we do not recognize revenue for any portion of the monthly service fee that will be refunded to the customer or not billed to the customer due to these service level agreements.

Additionally, we have provided certain guarantees to U.S. Bancorp Community Development Corporation (“US Bancorp”), our tax credit investor in our four VIEs.  We have guaranteed the delivery of $56.0 million of New Markets Tax Credits (“NMTC”) to US Bancorp, as well as certain loan and management fee payments between our subsidiaries and the VIEs, for which we are the primary beneficiary.  In the event that the tax credits are not delivered or certain payments not made, we are obligated to provide prompt and complete payment of these obligations.   Please refer to Note 12, Variable Interest Entities, of this Form 10-K, for more information about our NMTC transactions.

(af)
Classification of Taxes Collected from Customers
We report sales, use, excise, and value added taxes assessed by a governmental authority that is directly imposed on a revenue-producing transaction between us and a customer on a net basis in our Consolidated Income Statements.  The following are certain surcharges reported on a gross basis in our Consolidated Income Statements (amounts in thousands):
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
Surcharges reported gross
$
4,644

 
5,401

 
5,408


(ag)
Reclassifications
Reclassifications have been made to the prior year's consolidated financial states to conform to classifications used in the current year.

103
GENERAL COMMUNICATION, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 


(2)
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows Supplemental Disclosures
Changes in operating assets and liabilities consist of (amounts in thousands):

Year ended December 31,
2013
 
2012
 
2011
Increase in accounts receivable, net
$
(68,360
)
 
(9,386
)
 
(16,900
)
(Increase) decrease in prepaid expenses
672

 
(350
)
 
(1,949
)
(Increase) decrease in inventories
1,751

 
(4,576
)
 
(1,718
)
Decrease in other current assets
1,448

 
1,953

 
309

(Increase) decrease in other assets
(1,459
)
 
1,236

 
907

Increase (decrease) in accounts payable
15,334

 
3,085

 
(1,373
)
Increase in deferred revenues
2,368

 
3,215

 
4,707

Increase (decrease) in accrued payroll and payroll related obligations
10,263

 
(2,750
)
 
(102
)
Increase (decrease) in accrued liabilities
(883
)
 
3,043

 
(1,733
)
Increase (decrease) in accrued interest
302

 
106

 
(6,776
)
Increase (decrease) in subscriber deposits
(40
)
 
116

 
(21
)
Decrease in long-term deferred revenue
(3,554
)
 
(5,001
)
 
(2,413
)
Decrease in components of other long-term liabilities
(20
)
 
(1,301
)
 
(1,618
)
Total change in operating assets and liabilities
$
(42,178
)
 
(10,610
)
 
(28,680
)

The following items are for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 (amounts in thousands):

Net cash paid or received:
2013
 
2012
 
2011
Interest paid, net of amounts capitalized
$
71,749

 
69,083

 
73,492


The following items are non-cash investing and financing activities for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 (amounts in thousands):

 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
Non-cash additions for purchases of property and equipment
$
17,230

 
9,010

 
7,233

Asset retirement obligation additions to property and equipment
$
5,292

 
660

 
613

Deferred compensation distribution denominated in shares
$
621

 
511

 
—

Net assets acquired with equity in AWN (see Note 1(d))
$
267,642

 
—

 
—


(3)
Receivables and Allowance for Doubtful Receivables
Receivables consist of the following at December 31, 2013 and 2012 (amounts in thousands):

 
2013
 
2012
Trade
$
225,689

 
148,902

Employee
1,037

 
703

Other
1,646

 
831

Total receivables
$
228,372

 
150,436


As described in Note 1(u), Revenue Recognition, we receive support from each of the various USF programs: high cost, low income, rural health care, and schools and libraries.  This support was 19% of our revenue for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011.  We had USF net receivables of $124.3 million and $70.1

104
GENERAL COMMUNICATION, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 

million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The increase is primarily due to ACS’s contribution of $14.2 million in USF receivables upon the close of the Wireless Agreement on July 22, 2013 and the receipt of $18.5 million in Rural Health payments from USF in January 2014.  The comparable 2012 Rural Health payment was received in 2012.

Changes in the allowance for doubtful receivables during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 are summarized below (amounts in thousands):

 
 
 
Additions
 
Deductions
 
 
Description
Balance at beginning of year
 
Charged to costs and expenses
 
Charged to other accounts
 
Write-offs net of recoveries
 
Balance at end of year
December 31, 2013
$
3,215

 
2,370

 
(446
)
 
2,793

 
2,346

December 31, 2012
$
5,796

 
3,649

 
(2,261
)
 
3,969

 
3,215

December 31, 2011
$
9,189

 
4,294

 
(29
)
 
7,658

 
5,796


In 2012 we received notice that a 2010 appeal of a decision impacting our Rural Health Care Division support was successful and received payment of $1.6 million. The original reserve was recorded by reducing revenue therefore we recognized revenue and reduced our allowance upon winning the appeal and this amount is included in Additions - Charged to other accounts, during the year ended December 31, 2012.

(4)
Net Property and Equipment in Service

Net property and equipment in service consists of the following at December 31, 2013 and 2012 (amounts in thousands):

 
2013
 
2012
Land and buildings
$
69,984

 
60,928

Telephony transmission equipment and distribution facilities
1,085,963

 
897,620

Cable transmission equipment and distribution facilities
177,410

 
155,122

Studio equipment
12,680

 
—

Support equipment and systems
245,301

 
217,637

Transportation equipment
13,619

 
9,184

Customer premise equipment
149,372

 
142,176

Fiber optic cable systems
299,525

 
291,220

 
2,053,854

 
1,773,887

Less accumulated depreciation
1,042,724

 
901,398

Less accumulated amortization
41,552

 
34,242

Net property and equipment in service
$
969,578

 
838,247

 
 
 
 
Property and equipment under capital leases
$
104,251

 
104,251


(5)
Intangible Assets and Goodwill
As of October 31, 2013, cable certificates, wireless licenses and goodwill were tested for impairment and the fair values were greater than the carrying amounts, therefore these intangible assets were determined not to be impaired at December 31, 2013.  The remaining useful lives of our cable certificates, wireless licenses, and goodwill were evaluated as of October 31, 2013, and events and circumstances continue to support an indefinite useful life.  There are no indicators of impairment of our intangible assets subject to amortization as of December 31, 2013.


105
GENERAL COMMUNICATION, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 

During the year ended December 31, 2013, we acquired $2.8 million in broadcast licenses from our acquisitions pursuant to the Media Agreements.

Other Intangible Assets subject to amortization include the following at December 31, 2013 and 2012 (amounts in thousands):
 
2013
 
2012
Rights to use
$
55,407

 
—

Software license fees
41,804

 
35,416

Customer relationships
3,036

 
3,036

Right-of-way
783

 
783

 
101,030

 
39,235

Less accumulated amortization
29,595

 
22,675

Net other intangible assets
$
71,435

 
16,560


Under the terms of the Wireless Agreement, we acquired from ACS rights to use capacity on its network and the associated maintenance on this network capacity for 20 years.

Changes in Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets are as follows (amounts in thousands):
 
Goodwill
Other Intangible Assets
Balance at December 31, 2011
$
74,883

15,835

Contingent consideration to former shareholders of United Utilities, Inc.
2,411

—

Asset additions
—

5,952

Less amortization expense
—

5,227

Balance at December 31, 2012
77,294

16,560

Goodwill addition from AWN acquisition
140,080

—

Goodwill addition from Denali Media acquisitions
1,667

—

Asset additions
—

61,919

Less amortization expense
—

7,044

Balance at December 31, 2013
$
219,041

71,435


Amortization expense for amortizable intangible assets for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 follow (amounts in thousands):

 
Years Ended December 31,
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
Amortization expense
$
7,044

 
5,227

 
6,039


Amortized intangible assets are definite-life assets, and as such, we record amortization expense based on a method that most appropriately reflects our expected cash flows from these assets. Intangible assets that have finite useful lives are amortized over their useful lives using the straight-line method, a weighted-average of 15.8 years.


106
GENERAL COMMUNICATION, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 

Amortization expense for amortizable intangible assets for each of the five succeeding fiscal years is estimated to be (amounts in thousands):

Years Ending December 31,
 
2014
$
8,196

2015
6,670

2016
5,006

2017
3,880

2018
3,054


(6)
Long-Term Debt
Long-term debt consists of the following at December 31, 2013 and 2012 (amounts in thousands):

 
2013
 
2012
2021 Notes (a)
$
325,000

 
325,000

2019 Notes (b)
425,000

 
425,000

Senior Credit Facility (c)
261,000

 
90,000

Rural Utilities Service ("RUS") debt (d)
39,425

 
38,997

CoBank Mortgage note payable
—

 
797

Debt
1,050,425

 
879,794

Less unamortized discount paid on the 2019 Notes
2,445

 
2,743

Less current portion of long-term debt
2,836

 
1,928

Long-term debt, net
$
1,045,144

 
875,123


(a)
We pay interest of 6.75% on notes that are due in 2021 ("2021 Notes"). The 2021 Notes are senior unsecured obligations which rank equally in right of payment with our existing and future senior unsecured debt, including our 2019 Notes, and senior in right of payment to all future subordinated indebtedness.

The 2021 Notes are not redeemable prior to June 1, 2016.  At any time on or after June 1, 2016, the 2021 Notes are redeemable at our option, in whole or in part, on not less than thirty nor more than sixty days’ notice, at the following redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount), plus accrued and unpaid interest (if any) to the date of redemption:

If redeemed during the twelve month period commencing June 1 of the year indicated:
Redemption Price
2016
103.375
%
2017
102.250
%
2018
101.125
%
2019 and thereafter
100.000
%

The 2021 Notes mature on June 1, 2021.  Semi-annual interest payments are payable on June 1 and December 1.

The 2021 Notes were issued pursuant to an Indenture, dated as of May 20, 2011, between us and Union Bank, N.A., as trustee.

We are not required to make mandatory sinking fund payments with respect to the 2021 Notes.


107
GENERAL COMMUNICATION, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 

Upon the occurrence of a change of control, each holder of the 2021 Notes will have the right to require us to purchase all or any part (equal to $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof, except that no 2021 Note will be purchased in part if the remaining portion thereof would not be at least $2,000) of such holder’s 2021 Notes at a purchase price equal to 101% of the principal amount of such 2021 Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest on such 2021 Notes, if any.  If we or certain of our subsidiaries engage in asset sales, we must generally either invest the net cash proceeds from such sales in our business within a period of time, prepay debt under any outstanding credit facility, or make an offer to purchase a principal amount of the 2021 Notes equal to the excess net cash proceeds, with the purchase price equal to 100% of their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any.

The terms of the Indenture include customary affirmative and negative covenants and customary events of default. At any time after the occurrence and during the continuation of an event of default under the Indenture, the trustee or holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the 2021 Notes may, among other options, declare the 2021 Notes immediately due and payable.

We paid closing costs totaling $3.6 million in connection with the offering, which were recorded as deferred loan costs and are being amortized over the term of the 2021 Notes. During the year ended December 31, 2011, we recorded a $9.1 million Loss on Extinguishment of Debt on our Consolidated Income Statement.  Included in the loss was $2.9 million in unamortized deferred loan costs, $1.5 million for the unamortized portion of the original issue discount and $4.7 million in call premium payments to redeem our 2014 Notes.

We were in compliance with all 2021 Notes loan covenants at December 31, 2013.

(b)
We pay interest of 8.63% on notes that are due in 2019 (“2019 Notes”).  The 2019 Notes are senior unsecured obligations which rank equally in right of payment with the existing and future senior unsecured debt, including our 2021 Notes described previously, and senior in right of payment to all future subordinated indebtedness.  The 2019 Notes are carried on our Consolidated Balance Sheets net of the unamortized portion of the discount, which is being amortized to Interest Expense over the term of the 2019 Notes using the effective interest method and an effective interest rate of 9.09%.

The 2019 Notes are redeemable at our option, in whole or in part, on not less than thirty days nor more than sixty days notice, at the following redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principle amount), plus accrued and unpaid interest (if any) to the date of redemption:

If redeemed during the twelve month period commencing November 15 of the year indicated:
Redemption Price
2014
104.313
%
2015
102.875
%
2016
101.438
%
2017 and thereafter
100.000
%

The 2019 Notes mature on November 15, 2019.  Semi-annual interest payments are payable on May 15 and November 15 of each year.

The 2019 Notes were issued pursuant to an Indenture, dated as of November 3, 2009, between us and Union Bank, N.A., as trustee.

We are not required to make mandatory sinking fund payments with respect to the 2019 Notes.

Upon the occurrence of a change of control, each holder of the 2019 Notes will have the right to require us to purchase all or any part (equal to $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof, except that no 2019 Note will be purchased in part if the remaining portion thereof would not be at least $2,000) of such holder’s 2019 Notes at a purchase price equal to 101% of the principal amount of such 2019 Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest on such 2019 Notes, if any.  If we or certain of our subsidiaries engage in asset sales, we must

108
GENERAL COMMUNICATION, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 

generally either invest the net cash proceeds from such sales in our business within a period of time, prepay debt under any outstanding credit facility, or make an offer to purchase a principal amount of the 2019 Notes equal to the excess net cash proceeds, with the purchase price equal to 100% of their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any.

The terms of the Indenture include customary affirmative and negative covenants and customary events of default. At any time after the occurrence and during the continuation of an event of default under the Indenture, the trustee or holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the 2019 Notes may, among other options, declare the 2019 Notes immediately due and payable.
 

We paid closing costs totaling $9.4 million in connection with the offering, which were recorded as deferred loan costs and are being amortized over the term of the 2019 Notes.

We were in compliance with all 2019 Notes loan covenants at December 31, 2013.

(c)
On April 30, 2013, GCI Holdings, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of GCI, entered into a Third Amended and Restated Credit and Guarantee Agreement with Credit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank, as administrative agent ("Amended Senior Credit Facility"). The Amended Senior Credit Facility provides up to $240.0 million in delayed draw term loans and a $150.0 million revolving credit facility. The Amended Senior Credit Facility replaced our then existing Senior Credit Facility. 

The interest rate on our Amended Senior Credit Facility is London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) plus the following Applicable Margin set forth opposite each applicable Total Leverage Ratio below.

    
Total Leverage Ratio (as defined)
Applicable Margin
>=5.5
3.00%
>=5.0 but <5.5
2.75%
>=4.5 but <5.0
2.50%
>=4.0 but <4.5
2.25%
<4.0
2.00%

Borrowings under the Amended Senior Credit Facility are subject to certain financial covenants and restrictions on indebtedness.  Our Amended Senior Credit Facility Total Leverage Ratio (as defined) may not exceed 6.5 to one through June 30, 2014 and shall not exceed 5.95 to one any time thereafter; the Senior Leverage Ratio (as defined) may not exceed 3.00 to one; and our Interest Coverage Ratio (as defined) must not be less than 2.50 to one at any time.

The terms of the Amended Senior Credit Facility include customary representations and warranties, customary affirmative and negative covenants and customary events of default. At any time after the occurrence of an event of default under the Amended Senior Credit Facility, the lenders may, among other options, declare any amounts outstanding under the Amended Senior Credit Facility immediately due and payable and terminate any commitment to make further loans under the Amended Senior Credit Facility. The obligations under the Amended Senior Credit Facility are secured by a security interest on substantially all of the assets of GCI Holdings, Inc. and the subsidiary guarantors, as defined in the Amended Senior Credit Facility, and on the stock of GCI Holdings, Inc.

The Amended Senior Credit Facility was a partial substantial modification of our existing Senior Credit Facility resulting in a $0.1 million write-off of previously deferred loan fees on our Consolidated Income Statement for the year ended December 31, 2013.  Net deferred loan fees of $0.7 million associated with the portion of our previous Senior Credit Facility that was determined not to have been substantially modified are being amortized over the life of the Amended Senior Credit Facility.


109
GENERAL COMMUNICATION, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 

In connection with the Amended Senior Credit Facility, we paid loan fees and other expenses of $0.4 million that were expensed immediately on our Consolidated Income Statement for the year ended December 31, 2013 and $3.0 million that were deferred and are being amortized over the life of the Amended Senior Credit Facility.

We have borrowed $229.0 million under the delayed draw term loan, $32.0 million under the revolving portion and have $4.4 million of letters of credit outstanding under the Amended Senior Credit Facility at December 31, 2013, which leaves $124.6 million available for borrowing as of December 31, 2013.

(d)
UUI, our wholly owned subsidiary, has entered into various loans with the RUS.  The long-term debt is due in monthly installments of principal based on a fixed rate amortization schedule.  The interest rates on the various loans to which this debt relates range from 2.4% to 4.5%.  Substantially all of the assets of UUI are pledged as collateral for the amounts due to RUS.

Maturities of long-term debt as of December 31, 2013 are as follows (amounts in thousands):

Years ending December 31,
 
2014
$
2,836

2015
1,528

2016
1,573

2017
1,620

2018
262,668

2019 and thereafter
780,200

 
1,050,425

Less unamortized discount paid on 2019 Notes
2,445

Less current portion of long-term debt
2,836

 
$
1,045,144


(7)
Income Taxes
Total income tax expense of $11.0 million, $12.1 million and $7.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively, was allocated to income in each year. Income tax expense consists of the following (amounts in thousands):

 
Years Ended December 31,
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
Deferred tax expense:
 
 
 
 
 
Federal taxes
$
9,267

 
10,318

 
6,264

State taxes
1,690

 
1,770

 
1,141

 
$
10,957

 
12,088

 
7,405



110
GENERAL COMMUNICATION, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 

Total income tax expense differed from the “expected” income tax expense determined by applying the statutory federal income tax rate of 35% as follows (amounts in thousands):

 
Years Ended December 31,
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
“Expected” statutory tax expense
$
14,939

 
7,437

 
4,500

Impact of non-controlling interest attributable to non-tax paying entity
(7,977
)
 
—

 
—

State income taxes, net of federal expense
1,690

 
1,770

 
1,141

Income tax effect of nondeductible entertainment expenses
1,045

 
777

 
737

Income tax effect of nondeductible lobbying expenses
369

 
298

 
327

Income tax effect of nondeductible officer compensation
824

 
1,718

 
758

Other, net
67

 
88

 
(58
)
 
$
10,957

 
12,088

 
7,405


The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of deferred tax assets and liabilities at December 31, 2013 and 2012 are summarized below (amounts in thousands):

 
2013
 
2012
Current deferred tax assets, net of current deferred tax liability:
 
 
 
Net operating loss carryforwards
$
30,344

 
3,952

Compensated absences, accrued for financial reporting purposes
2,956

 
2,605

Workers compensation and self-insurance health reserves, principally due to accrual for financial reporting purposes
1,688

 
1,357

Accounts receivable, principally due to allowance for doubtful receivables
1,154

 
1,319

Deferred compensation expense for tax purposes in excess of amounts recognized for financial reporting purposes
104

 
32

Deferred revenue for financial reporting purposes
2,673

 
2,734

Other
834

 
898

Total current deferred tax assets
$
39,753

 
12,897

Long-term deferred tax assets:
 
 
 
Net operating loss carryforwards
$
90,589

 
116,034

Deferred revenue for financial reporting purposes
35,506

 
36,316

Alternative minimum tax credits
1,895

 
1,895

Deferred compensation expense for tax purposes in excess of amounts recognized for financial reporting purposes
2,556

 
2,543

Asset retirement obligations in excess of amounts recognized for tax purposes
4,930

 
6,680

Share-based compensation expense for financial reporting purposes in excess of amounts recognized for tax purposes
1,860

 
1,675

Other
4,335

 
3,353

Total long-term deferred tax assets
141,671

 
168,496

Long-term deferred tax liabilities:
 
 
 
Plant and equipment, principally due to differences in depreciation
212,719

 
233,530

Intangible assets
49,761

 
58,627

Flow-through entity deferred tax items
40,667

 
—

Total long-term deferred tax liabilities
303,147

 
292,157

Net long-term deferred tax liabilities
$
161,476

 
123,661


111
GENERAL COMMUNICATION, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 


At December 31, 2013, we have tax net operating loss carryforwards of $294.5 million that will begin expiring in 2020 if not utilized, and alternative minimum tax credit carryforwards of $1.9 million available to offset regular income taxes payable in future years.  Our utilization of remaining acquired net operating loss carryforwards is subject to annual limitations pursuant to Internal Revenue Code section 382 which could reduce or defer the utilization of these losses.

Our tax net operating loss carryforwards are summarized below by year of expiration (amounts in thousands):

Years ending December 31,
Federal
 
State
2020
$
39,969

 
38,954

2021
29,614

 
28,987

2022
14,081

 
13,788

2023
3,968

 
3,903

2024
722

 
—

2025
737

 
—

2026
150

 
—

2027
1,010

 
—

2028
39,879

 
39,715

2029
48,370

 
47,558

2031
110,933

 
109,376

2033
5,031

 
4,927

Total tax net operating loss carryforwards
$
294,464

 
287,208


Tax benefits associated with recorded deferred tax assets are considered to be more likely than not realizable through taxable income earned in carryback years, future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences, and future taxable income exclusive of reversing temporary differences and carryforwards. The amount of deferred tax assets considered realizable, however, could be reduced if estimates of future taxable income during the carryforward period are reduced.

We file federal income tax returns in the U.S. and in various state jurisdictions. We are not subject to U.S. or state tax examinations by tax authorities for years 2009 and earlier except that  certain U.S. federal income tax returns for years after 1998 are not closed by relevant statutes of limitations due to unused net operating losses reported on those income tax returns.

We recognize accrued interest on unrecognized tax benefits in interest expense and penalties in selling, general and administrative expenses.  We did not have any unrecognized tax benefits as of December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, and accordingly, we did not recognize any interest expense.  Additionally, we recorded no penalties during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011.

We did not record any excess tax benefit generated from stock options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, since we are in a net operating loss carryforward position and the income tax deduction will not yet reduce income taxes payable.  The cumulative excess tax benefits generated for stock options exercised that have not been recognized is $3.4 million at December 31, 2013.

(8)
Financial Instruments

Fair Value of Financial Instruments
The fair value of a financial instrument is the amount at which the instrument could be exchanged in a current transaction between willing parties. At December 31, 2013 and 2012, the fair values of cash and cash equivalents, net receivables, inventories, accounts payable, accrued payroll and payroll related obligations, accrued interest, accrued liabilities, and subscriber deposits approximate their carrying value due to the short-

112
GENERAL COMMUNICATION, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 

term nature of these financial instruments. The carrying amounts and approximate fair values of our financial instruments at December 31, 2013 and 2012 follow (amounts in thousands):

 
December 31,
2013
 
December 31,
2012
 
Carrying Amount
 
Fair Value
 
Carrying Amount
 
Fair Value
Current and long-term debt
$
1,047,980

 
1,058,431

 
877,051

 
899,414


The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate fair values:

Current and long-term debt:  The fair values of the 2021 Notes and the 2019 Notes are based upon quoted market prices for the same or similar issues (Level 2). The fair value of our RUS debt is based on the current rates offered to us for the same remaining maturities (Level 3).  The fair value of our Amended Senior Credit Facility is estimated to approximate the carrying value because this instrument is subject to variable interest rates (Level 2).

Fair Value Measurements
Assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 are as follows (amounts in thousands):

 
Fair Value Measurement at Reporting Date Using
December 31, 2013 Assets
Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1)
 
Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2)
 
Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)
Deferred compensation plan assets (mutual funds)
$
2,183

 
—

 
—

Total assets at fair value
$
2,183

 
—

 
—

 
 
 
 
 
 
December 31, 2012 Assets
 
 
 
 
 
Deferred compensation plan assets (mutual funds)
$
1,758

 
—

 
—

Total assets at fair value
$
1,758

 
—

 
—


The valuation of our mutual funds is determined using quoted market prices in active markets utilizing market observable inputs.

(9)
Stockholders’ Equity

Common Stock
GCI’s Class A and Class B common stock are identical in all respects, except that each share of Class A common stock has one vote per share and each share of Class B common stock has ten votes per share. Each share of Class B common stock outstanding is convertible, at the option of the holder, into one share of Class A common stock.

During the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, we repurchased 1.8 million, 1.5 million and 5.2 million shares, respectively, of our Class A common stock at a cost of $15.6 million, $14.0 million and $52.6 million, respectively, pursuant to the Class A and Class B common stock repurchase program authorized by GCI’s Board of Directors.  During the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, we retired 2.0 million, 1.8 million and 5.2 million shares, respectively, of our Class A common stock.

Shared-Based Compensation
Our Amended and Restated 1986 Stock Option Plan ("Stock Option Plan"), provides for the grant of options and restricted stock awards (collectively "award") for a maximum of 15.7 million shares of GCI Class A common

113
GENERAL COMMUNICATION, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 

stock, subject to adjustment upon the occurrence of stock dividends, stock splits, mergers, consolidations or certain other changes in corporate structure or capitalization. If an award expires or terminates, the shares subject to the award will be available for further grants of awards under the Stock Option Plan. The Compensation Committee of GCI’s Board of Directors administers the Stock Option Plan. Substantially all restricted stock awards granted vest over periods of up to three years. Substantially all options vest in equal installments over a period of five years and expire ten years from the date of grant. The requisite service period of our awards is generally the same as the vesting period.  Options granted pursuant to the Stock Option Plan are only exercisable if at the time of exercise the option holder is our employee, non-employee director, or a consultant or advisor working on our behalf.  New shares are issued when stock option agreements are exercised or restricted stock awards are granted.  We have 3.2 million shares available for grant under the Stock Option Plan at December 31, 2013.

The fair value of restricted stock awards is determined based on the number of shares granted and the quoted price of our common stock.  We estimate pre-vesting option forfeitures at the time of grant and periodically revise those estimates in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. We record share-based compensation expense only for those awards expected to vest using an estimated forfeiture rate based on our historical pre-vesting forfeiture data. We review our forfeiture estimates annually and adjust our share-based compensation expense in the period our estimate changes.

A summary of option activity under the Stock Option Plan as of December 31, 2013 and changes during the year then ended is presented below:

 
Shares (in thousands)
 
Weighted Average Exercise Price
 
Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Term
 
Aggregate Intrinsic Value (in thousands)
Outstanding at January 1, 2013
719

 
$
7.65

 
 
 
 
Exercised
(87
)
 
$
7.16

 
 
 
 
Expired
(12
)
 
$
6.61

 
 
 
 
Outstanding at December 31, 2013
620

 
$
7.74

 
2.8 years
 
$
2,153

Exercisable at December 31, 2013
601

 
$
7.78

 
2.7 years
 
$
2,060


There were no options granted during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011.  The total fair value of options vesting during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, was $78,000, $560,000 and $379,000, respectively.  The total intrinsic values, determined as of the date of exercise, of options exercised in the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, were $0.2 million, $1.3 million and $0.3 million, respectively. We received $0.6 million, $2.1 million and $0.9 million in cash from stock option exercises in the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

A summary of nonvested restricted stock award activity under the Stock Option Plan for the year ended December 31, 2013, follows (share amounts in thousands):

 
Shares
 
Weighted
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
Nonvested at January 1, 2013
1,127

 
$
9.59

Granted
680

 
$
8.30

Vested
(582
)
 
$
10.05

Forfeited
(16
)
 
$
8.60

Nonvested at December 31, 2013
1,209

 
$
8.60



114
GENERAL COMMUNICATION, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 

The weighted average grant date fair value of awards granted during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, were $8.30, $9.23 and $12.08, respectively. We have recorded share-based compensation expense of $6.6 million, $5.0 million and $6.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Share-based compensation expense is classified as Selling, General and Administrative Expense in our Consolidated Income Statements.  Unrecognized share-based compensation expense was $6.2 million relating to 1.2 million restricted stock awards and $27,000 relating to 19,000 unvested stock options as of December 31, 2013.  We expect to recognize share-based compensation expense over a weighted average period of 0.6 years for stock options and 2 years for restricted stock awards.

GCI 401(k) Plan
In 1986, we adopted an Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“GCI 401(k) Plan”) qualified under Section 401 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986. The GCI 401(k) Plan provides for acquisition of GCI’s Class A common stock at market value as well as various mutual funds. We may match a percentage of the employees' contributions up to certain limits, decided by GCI’s Board of Directors each year. Our matching contributions allocated to participant accounts totaled $8.2 million, $7.5 million and $7.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.  We used cash to fund all of our employer-matching contributions during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011.

(10)
Industry Segments Data

Effective January 1, 2013, we refocused our business and now have two reportable segments, Wireless and Wireline.  The Wireless segment’s revenue is derived from wholesale wireless services.  The Wireline segment’s revenue includes all of our other revenue, specifically a full range of retail wireless, data, video and voice services to residential, local, national and global businesses, governmental entities and public and private educational institutions; wholesale data and voice services to common carrier customers; Internet, data network and managed services to rural schools and health organizations and regulated voice services to residential and commercial customers in rural communities primarily in Southwest Alaska.  This change reflects our plan to strategically focus on our wireless network and is how our chief operating decision maker now measures performance and makes resource allocation decisions.  Prior to 2013 we had operated our business under five reportable segments – Consumer, Network Access, Commercial, Managed Broadband and Regulated Operations.  The historical segment data has been reclassified to conform to the revised reportable segments.

Wireless plan fee and usage revenues from external customers are allocated between our Wireless and Wireline segments.  The Wireless segment recorded subsidies to the Wireline segment related to wireless equipment sales based upon equipment sales and agreed-upon subsidy rates through the AWN transaction close on July 23, 2013. Subsequent to the transaction close and through December 31, 2013, although permitted, the Wireline segment was unable to meet the requirements in order to request a wireless equipment subsidy from the Wireless segment in accordance with the AWN agreements. These subsidies, which eliminate in consolidation, increase the Wireline segment earnings before depreciation and amortization expense, net interest expense, income taxes, share-based compensation expense, accretion expense, income or loss attributable to non-controlling interest and non-cash contribution adjustment (“Adjusted EBITDA”) and reduce the Wireless segment Adjusted EBITDA.  The wireless equipment subsidy was $13.0 million for the period January 1, 2013 to July 22, 2013 and $23.2 million and $16.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Selling, general and administrative expenses are charged to the Wireless segment based upon a shared services agreement.  The remaining selling, general and administrative expenses are charged to the Wireline segment. Intercompany transactions have been pushed down to the segment level.

We evaluate performance and allocate resources based on Adjusted EBITDA. Management believes that this measure is useful to investors and other users of our financial information in evaluating operating profitability as an analytical indicator of income generated to service debt and fund capital expenditures.  In addition, multiples of current or projected earnings before depreciation and amortization, net interest expense, and income taxes (“EBITDA”) are used to estimate current or prospective enterprise value.  The accounting policies of the reportable segments are the same as those described in Note 1, “Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” of this Form 10-K.  We have no intersegment sales.


115
GENERAL COMMUNICATION, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 

We earn all revenues through sales of services and products within the United States. All of our long-lived assets are located within the United States of America, except approximately 82% of our undersea fiber optic cable systems which transit international waters and all of our satellite transponders.

Summarized financial information for our reportable segments for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 follows (amounts in thousands):

 
Wireless
 
Wireline
 
Total Reportable Segments
2013
 
 
 
 
 
Revenues
 
 
 
 
 
Wholesale
$
197,218

 
—

 
197,218

Consumer
—

 
274,805

 
274,805

Business Services
—

 
222,814

 
222,814

Managed Broadband
—

 
116,811

 
116,811

Total
197,218

 
614,430

 
811,648

 
 
 
 
 
 
Cost of Goods Sold
68,086

 
212,376

 
280,462

Contribution
129,132

 
402,054

 
531,186

Less SG&A
20,030

 
251,035

 
271,065

Plus share-based compensation expense
—

 
6,638

 
6,638

Plus (less) accretion expense
507

 
(430
)
 
77

Other expense
—

 
447

 
447

Adjusted EBITDA
$
109,609

 
157,674

 
267,283

 
 
 
 
 
 
Capital expenditures
$
28,156

 
152,398

 
180,554

Goodwill
$
155,445

 
63,596

 
219,041

Total assets
$
624,740

 
1,387,067

 
2,011,807



116
GENERAL COMMUNICATION, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 

 
Wireless
 
Wireline
 
Total Reportable Segments
2012
 
 
 
 
 
Revenues
 
 
 
 
 
Wholesale
$
124,745

 
—

 
124,745

Consumer
—

 
269,357

 
269,357

Business Services
—

 
207,892

 
207,892

Managed Broadband
—

 
108,187

 
108,187

Total
124,745

 
585,436

 
710,181

 
 
 
 
 
 
Cost of Good Sold
58,737

 
188,764

 
247,501

Contribution
66,008

 
396,672

 
462,680

Less SG&A
15,475

 
227,773

 
243,248

Plus share-based compensation expense
—

 
5,040

 
5,040

Plus non-cash contribution expense
—

 
960

 
960

Plus accretion expense
269

 
239

 
508

Other expense
—

 
869

 
869

Adjusted EBITDA
$
50,802

 
176,007

 
226,809

 
 
 
 
 
 
2011
 

 
 

 
 

Revenues
 
 
 
 
 
Wholesale
$
119,521

 
—

 
119,521

Consumer
—

 
266,750

 
266,750

Business Services
—

 
207,860

 
207,860

Managed Broadband
—

 
85,250

 
85,250

Total
119,521

 
559,860

 
679,381

 
 
 
 
 
 
Cost of Good Sold
42,687

 
184,712

 
227,399

Contribution
76,834

 
375,148

 
451,982

Less SG&A
14,868

 
220,653

 
235,521

Plus share-based compensation expense
—

 
6,620

 
6,620

Plus accretion expense
349

 
270

 
619

Other expense
—

 
(59
)
 
(59
)
Adjusted EBITDA
$
62,315

 
161,326

 
223,641


Capital expenditures and total assets by segment for 2012 and 2011 are not reported as it is impracticable to allocate our historical balance sheets.


117
GENERAL COMMUNICATION, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 

A reconciliation of reportable segment Adjusted EBITDA to consolidated income before income taxes follows (amounts in thousands):

Years Ended December 31,
2013
 
2012
 
2011
Reportable segment Adjusted EBITDA
$
267,283

 
226,809

 
223,641

Less depreciation and amortization expense
(147,259
)
 
(130,452
)
 
(125,937
)
Less share-based compensation expense
(6,638
)
 
(5,040
)
 
(6,620
)
Less non-cash contribution expense
—

 
(960
)
 
—

Less accretion expense
(77
)
 
(508
)
 
(619
)
Other
(447
)
 
(869
)
 
59

Consolidated operating income
112,862

 
88,980

 
90,524

Less other expense, net
(70,178
)
 
(67,730
)
 
(77,633
)
Consolidated income before income tax expense
$
42,684

 
21,250

 
12,891


We did not have any major customers for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011.

(11)
Related Party Transactions
We entered into a long-term capital lease agreement in 1991 with the wife of GCI’s President and CEO for property occupied by us.  The leased asset was capitalized in 1991 at the owner’s cost of $900,000 and the related obligation was recorded.  The lease agreement was amended in April 2008 and our existing capital lease asset and liability increased by $1.3 million to record the extension of this capital lease.  The amended lease terminates on September 30, 2026.

In January 2001 we entered into an aircraft operating lease agreement with a company owned by GCI’s President and CEO.  The lease was amended several times, most recently in May 2011.  The amended lease agreement added the lease of a second aircraft.  The lease term of the original aircraft could be terminated by us at any time upon 90 days written notice.  This notice was provided and as of January 1, 2013, the original aircraft lease, and its monthly rate of $45,000, ended.  The lease term of the second aircraft may be terminated at any time by us upon 12 months’ written notice.  The monthly lease rate of the second aircraft is $132,000.  In 2001, we paid a deposit of $1.5 million in connection with the lease.  The deposit will be repaid to us no later than six months after the agreement terminates.

Upon closing of the AWN acquisition on July 22, 2013, ACS became a related party for financial statement reporting purposes. ACS provides us with local service lines and network capacity in locations where we do not have our own facilities. We provide wholesale services to ACS who uses our network to sell services to its respective retail customers and we receive ACS' high cost support from USF for its wireless customers. We have paid ACS $25.1 million and received $23.9 million in payments from ACS since the acquisition date. At December 31, 2013 we have $28.0 million in receivables from ACS and $11.2 million in payables to ACS. We also have long term capacity exchange agreements with ACS for which no money is exchanged.

(12)
Variable Interest Entities
We have entered into several arrangements under the NMTC program with US Bancorp to help fund a $59.3 million project to extend terrestrial broadband service for the first time to rural Northwestern Alaska communities via a high capacity hybrid fiber optic and microwave network.  When completed, the project, called TERRA-Northwest (“TERRA-NW”), will connect to the TERRA-Southwest (“TERRA-SW”) network and provide a high capacity backbone connection from the served communities to the Internet.  The NMTC program was provided for in the Community Renewal Tax Relief Act of 2000 (the “Act”) to induce capital investment in qualified lower income communities.  The Act permits taxpayers to claim credits against their federal income taxes for up to 39% of qualified investments in the equity of community development entities (“CDEs”).  CDEs are privately managed investment institutions that are certified to make qualified low-income community investments.

On August 30, 2011, we entered into the first arrangement (“NMTC #1”).  In connection with the NMTC #1 transaction we loaned $58.3 million to TIF, a special purpose entity created to effect the financing arrangement,

118
GENERAL COMMUNICATION, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 

at 1% interest due August 30, 2041.  Simultaneously, US Bancorp invested $22.4 million in TIF.  TIF then contributed US Bancorp’s contribution and the loan proceeds to certain CDEs.  The CDEs, in turn, loaned the $76.8 million in funds less payment of placement fees, at interest rates varying from 1% to 3.96%, to Unicom, as partial financing for TERRA-NW.

On October 3, 2012, we entered into the second arrangement (“NMTC #2”).  In connection with the NMTC #2 transaction we loaned $37.7 million to TIF 2 and TIF 2-USB, special purpose entities created to effect the financing arrangement, at 1% interest due October 2, 2042.  Simultaneously, US Bancorp invested $17.5 million in TIF 2 and TIF 2-USB.  TIF 2 and TIF 2-USB then contributed US Bancorp’s contributions and the loan proceeds to certain CDEs.  The CDEs, in turn, loaned the$55.2 million in funds less payment of placement fees, at interest rates varying from 0.7099% to 0.7693%, to Unicom, as partial financing for TERRA-NW.

On December 11, 2012, we entered into the third arrangement (“NMTC #3”).  In connection with the NMTC #3 transaction we loaned $8.2 million to TIF 3, a special purpose entity created to effect the financing arrangement, at 1% interest due December 10, 2042.  Simultaneously, US Bancorp invested $3.8 million in TIF 3.  TIF 3 then contributed US Bancorp’s contributions and the loan proceeds to a CDE.  The CDE, in turn, loaned the $12.0 million in funds less payment of placement fees, at an interest rate of 1.35%, to Unicom, as partial financing for TERRA-NW.

US Bancorp is the sole investor in TIF, TIF 2, TIF 2-USB and TIF 3, and as such, is entitled to substantially all of the benefits derived from the NMTCs.  All of the loan proceeds to Unicom, net of syndication and arrangement fees, are restricted for use on TERRA-NW.  Restricted cash of $6.9 million and $30.9 million was held by Unicom at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, and is included in our Consolidated Balance Sheets.  We began construction on TERRA-NW in 2012 and expect to complete all current phases of the project in 2014.  We began offering service on Phase 1 of this new facility on January 3, 2013.

These transactions include put/call provisions whereby we may be obligated or entitled to repurchase US Bancorp’s interests in TIF, TIF 2, TIF 2-USB and/or TIF 3. We believe that US Bancorp will exercise the put options in August 2018, October 2019 and December 2019, at the end of the compliance periods for NMTC #1, NMTC #2 and NMTC #3, respectively.  The NMTCs are subject to 100% recapture for a period of seven years as provided in the Internal Revenue Code.  We are required to be in compliance with various regulations and contractual provisions that apply to the NMTC arrangements.  Non-compliance with applicable requirements could result in projected tax benefits not being realized by US Bancorp.  We have agreed to indemnify US Bancorp for any loss or recapture of NMTCs until such time as our obligation to deliver tax benefits is relieved.  There have been no credit recaptures as of December 31, 2013.  The value attributed to the put/calls is nominal.

We have determined that TIF, TIF 2, TIF 2-USB and TIF 3 are VIEs.  The consolidated financial statements of TIF, TIF 2, TIF 2-USB and TIF 3 include the CDEs discussed above.  The ongoing activities of the VIEs – collecting and remitting interest and fees and NMTC compliance – were all considered in the initial design and are not expected to significantly affect economic performance throughout the life of the VIEs.  Management considered the contractual arrangements that obligate us to deliver tax benefits and provide various other guarantees to US Bancorp; US Bancorp’s lack of a material interest in the underlying economics of the project; and the fact that we are obligated to absorb losses of the VIEs.  We concluded that we are the primary beneficiary of each and consolidated the VIEs in accordance with the accounting standard for consolidation.

US Bancorp’s contributions, net of syndication fees and other direct costs incurred in structuring the NMTC arrangements, are included in Non-controlling Interests on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.  Incremental costs to maintain the structure during the compliance period are recognized as incurred to selling, general and administrative expense.

The assets and liabilities of our consolidated VIEs were $140.9 million and $104.2 million, respectively, as of December 31, 2013 and 2012.

The assets of the VIEs serve as the sole source of repayment for the debt issued by these entities. US Bank does not have recourse to us or our other assets, with the exception of customary representations and indemnities we have provided. We are not required and do not currently intend to provide additional financial

119
GENERAL COMMUNICATION, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 

support to these VIEs. While these subsidiaries are included in our consolidated financial statements, these subsidiaries are separate legal entities and their assets are legally owned by them and not available to our creditors.

(13)
Commitments and Contingencies

Operating Leases as Lessee
We lease business offices, have entered into site lease agreements and use satellite transponder and fiber capacity and certain equipment pursuant to operating lease arrangements.  Many of our leases are for multiple years and contain renewal options.  Rental costs under such arrangements amounted to $46.5 million, $37.4 million and $36.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

Capital Leases as Lessee
We entered into a long-term capital lease agreement in 1991 with the wife of GCI’s President and CEO for property occupied by us as further described in Note 11, Related Party Transactions.

We have a capital lease agreement for transponder capacity on Intelsat, Ltd.’s (“Intelsat”) Galaxy 18 spacecraft.  The Intelsat Galaxy 18 C-band and Ku-Band transponders are being leased over an expected term of 14 years.  At lease inception the present value of the lease payments, excluding telemetry, tracking and command services and back-up protection, was $98.6 million. We amended our transponder capacity lease agreement with Intelsat in October 2013 to lease additional transponder capacity on Intelsat's Galaxy 18 spacecraft. As a result, on January 1, 2014 we expect to increase our existing capital lease asset and liability by $9.4 million.


A summary of future minimum lease payments follows (amounts in thousands):

Years ending December 31:
Operating
 
Capital
2014
$
37,163

 
11,758

2015
31,358

 
11,734

2016
27,636

 
11,745

2017
22,120

 
11,723

2018
19,996

 
11,730

2019 and thereafter
66,020

 
43,297

Total minimum lease payments
$
204,293

 
101,987

Less amount representing interest
 
 
27,381

Less current maturity of obligations under capital leases
 
 
6,465

Long-term obligations under capital leases, excluding current maturity
 
 
$
68,141


The leases generally provide that we pay the taxes, insurance and maintenance expenses related to the leased assets.  Several of our leases include renewal options, escalation clauses and immaterial amounts of contingent rent expense.  We expect that in the normal course of business leases that expire will be renewed or replaced by leases on other properties.

Guaranteed Service Levels
Certain customers have guaranteed levels of service with varying terms. In the event we are unable to provide the minimum service levels we may incur penalties or issue credits to customers.

Self-Insurance
Through December 31, 2013, we were self-insured for losses and liabilities related primarily to health and welfare claims up to $500,000 per incident per year above which third party insurance applied. A reserve of $3.1 million and $2.7 million was recorded at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, to cover estimated reported losses, estimated unreported losses based on past experience modified for current trends, and

120
GENERAL COMMUNICATION, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 

estimated expenses for settling claims.  We are self-insured for all losses and liabilities related to workers’ compensation claims in Alaska and have a workers compensation excess insurance policy to make claims for any losses in excess of $500,000 per incident.  A reserve of $3.7 million and $2.4 million was recorded at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, to cover estimated reported losses and estimated expenses for open and active claims.  Actual losses will vary from the recorded reserves.  While we use what we believe are pertinent information and factors in determining the amount of reserves, future additions to the reserves may be necessary due to changes in the information and factors used.

We are self-insured for damage or loss to certain of our transmission facilities, including our buried, undersea, and above-ground transmission lines. If we become subject to substantial uninsured liabilities due to damage or loss to such facilities, our financial position, results of operations or liquidity may be adversely affected.

Litigation, Disputes, and Regulatory Matters
We are involved in various lawsuits, billing disputes, legal proceedings, and regulatory matters that have arisen from time to time in the normal course of business.  Management believes there are no proceedings from asserted and unasserted claims which if determined adversely would have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or liquidity.

Universal Service
As an ETC, we receive support from the USF to support the provision of wireline local access and wireless services in high cost areas.  On November 29, 2011, the FCC published the High Cost Order which segregated the support methodology for Remote areas in Alaska from the support methodology for all urban areas, including Alaska Urban locations. CETCs serving Urban areas that generally include Anchorage, Fairbanks, and Juneau will follow national reforms, had support per provider per service area capped as of January 1, 2012, and a five-step phase-down commenced on July 1, 2012.  In addition to broader reforms, the FCC tailored revisions specifically for CETCs serving Remote Alaska, intended to address the unique challenges for serving these areas.  Support to these locations is capped and is being distributed on a per-line basis until the later of June 30, 2014, or the last full month prior to the implementation of a successor funding mechanism.  A further rulemaking to consider successor funding mechanisms is underway.  We cannot predict at this time the outcome of this proceeding or its effect on high cost support available to us, but our future revenue recognition for both Remote and Urban high cost support is dependent upon the functionality and timing of an operational successor funding mechanism. At December 31, 2013, we believe an implementation of an operational successor funding mechanism prior to January 2015 is unlikely. Our revenue for providing local and wireless services in these areas would be materially adversely affected by a substantial reduction of USF support.

Cable Service Rate Reregulation
Federal law permits regulation of basic cable programming services rates. However, Alaska law provides that cable television service is exempt from regulation by the RCA unless 25% of a system’s subscribers request such regulation by filing a petition with the RCA. At December 31, 2013, only the Juneau system is subject to RCA regulation of its basic service rates. No petition requesting regulation has been filed for any other system. The Juneau system serves 7% of our total basic service subscribers at December 31, 2013.

TERRA-Northwest
As a requirement of NMTC #1, NMTC #2 and NMTC #3, we have guaranteed completion of TERRA-NW by December 31, 2014.  We plan to fund an additional $10.0 million to complete TERRA-NW.  We began construction in 2012 and expect to complete all phases of the project in 2014.  We began offering service on Phase 1 of this new facility on January 3, 2013.

AWN Member Distribution Adjustment
As part of the AWN transaction, distributions to each member are subject to adjustment based on the number of ACS and GCI wireless subscribers, with the aggregate adjustment capped at $21.8 million for each member over the Preference Period. See Note 1(d), "Acquisition" of this Form 10-K for further discussion of the AWN transaction.


121
GENERAL COMMUNICATION, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 

(14)
Selected Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)
The following is a summary of unaudited quarterly results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 (amounts in thousands, except per share amounts):

 
First
Quarter
Second
Quarter
Third
Quarter
Fourth
Quarter
2013
 
 
 
 
Total revenues
$
186,216

189,661

217,943

217,828

Operating income
$
23,060

25,695

38,684

25,423

Net income (loss) attributable to GCI
$
3,244

4,180

8,905

(6,923
)
Basic net income (loss) attributable to GCI per common share
$
0.08

0.10

0.22

(0.17
)
Diluted net income (loss) attributable to GCI per common share
$
0.08

0.10

0.22

(0.17
)
 
 
 
 
 
2012
 
 
 
 
Total revenues
$
171,907

176,104

178,494

183,676

Operating income
$
19,685

24,633

25,392

19,270

Net income attributable to GCI
$
1,429

3,982

3,700

562

Basic net income attributable to GCI per common share
$
0.03

0.10

0.09

0.01

Diluted net income attributable to GCI per common share1
$
0.03

0.09

0.09

0.01

 
 
 
 
 
1Due to rounding, the sum of quarterly diluted net income (loss) attributable to GCI per common share amounts does not agree to total year diluted net income attributable to GCI per common share.

(15)
Subsequent Events
On February 18, 2014, we invested $15.0 million for a 39% interest in Texas Energy Network LLC, a next generation carrier-class communication services firm that specializes in serving the energy exploration and production, oilfield service and midstream industries. We are evaluating the accounting treatment for this transaction.

On February 28, 2014, the FCC announced our winning bids in the Tribal Mobility Fund I auction for a $41.4 million grant to partially fund expansion of our 3G wireless network, or better, to locations in Alaska where we would not otherwise be able to construct within our return-on-investment requirements. We must file a long-form application with the FCC by April 4, 2014, which must be reviewed for final approval, before the award can be issued. 


122

Item 15(b). Exhibits

Listed below are the exhibits that are filed as a part of this Report (according to the number assigned to them in Item 601 of Regulation S-K):

Exhibit No.
Description
 
Where Located
2.1
Amendment, dated as of October 1, 2012, to Asset Purchase and Contribution Agreement, dated as of June 4, 2012, among Alaska Communications Systems Group, Inc., General Communication, Inc., ACS Wireless, Inc., GCI Wireless Holdings, LLC and The Alaska Wireless Network, LLC
 
Incorporated by reference to The Company's Report on Form 8-K for the period October 1, 2012 filed October 2, 2012.
3.1
Restated Articles of Incorporation of the Company dated August 20, 2007
 
Incorporated by reference to The Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007 filed March 7, 2008.
3.2
Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company dated August 20, 2007
 
Incorporated by reference to The Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended September 30, 2007.
4.1
Certified copy of the General Communication, Inc. Amendment No. 1, dated as of June 25, 2007, to the Amended and Restated 1986 Stock Option Plan
 
Incorporated by reference to The Company’s Report on Form S-8 for the period July 27, 2007.
10.3
Westin Building Lease
 
Incorporated by reference to The Company’s Registration Statement on Form 10 (File No. 0-15279), mailed to the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 30, 1986
10.6
Order approving Application for a Certificate of Public Convenience and Necessity to operate as a Telecommunications (Intrastate Interexchange Carrier) Public Utility within Alaska
 
Incorporated by reference to The Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1991
10.2
The GCI Special Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan
 
Incorporated by reference to The Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1995.
10.21
Transponder Purchase Agreement for Galaxy X between Hughes Communications Galaxy, Inc. and GCI Communication Corp.
 
Incorporated by reference to The Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1995.
10.25
Licenses:
 
Incorporated by reference to The Company’s Registration Statement on Form 10 (File No. 0-15279), mailed to the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 30, 1986
10.25.1
214 Authorization
 
 
10.25.2
International Resale Authorization
 
 
10.25.3
Digital Electronic Message Service Authorization
 
 
10.25.11
Certificate of Convenience and Public Necessity – Telecommunications Service (Local Exchange) dated July 7, 2000
 
Incorporated by reference to The Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2005 filed March 16, 2006.
10.26
ATU Interconnection Agreement between GCI Communication Corp. and Municipality of Anchorage, executed January 15, 1997
 
Incorporated by reference to The Company’s Form S-3 Registration Statement (File No. 333-28001) dated May 29, 1997.

123

Exhibit No.
Description
 
Where Located
10.36
Order Approving Arbitrated Interconnection Agreement as Resolved and Modified by Order U-96-89(5) dated January 14, 1997
 
Incorporated by reference to The Company’s Form S-3 Registration Statement (File No. 333-28001) dated May 29, 1997.
10.47
Radio Station Authorization (Personal Communications Service License), Issue Date June 23, 1995
 
Incorporated by reference to The Company’s Amendment No. 1 to Form S-3/A Registration Statement (File No. 333-28001) dated July 8, 1997.
10.52
Lease Agreement dated September 30, 1991 between RDB Company and General Communication, Inc.
 
Incorporated by reference to The Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1991
10.54
Order Approving Transfer Upon Closing, Subject to Conditions, and Requiring Filings dated September 23, 1996
 
Incorporated by reference to The Company’s Amendment No. 1 to Form S-3/A Registration Statement (File No. 333-28001) dated July 8, 1997.
10.55
Order Granting Extension of Time and Clarifying Order dated October 21, 1996
 
Incorporated by reference to The Company’s Amendment No. 1 to Form S-3/A Registration Statement (File No. 333-28001) dated July 8, 1997.
10.58
Employment and Deferred Compensation Agreement between General Communication, Inc. and John M. Lowber dated July 1992
 
Incorporated by reference to The Company’s Amendment No. 1 to Form S-3/A Registration Statement (File No. 333-28001) dated July 8, 1997.
10.60
Transponder Lease Agreement between General Communication Incorporated and Hughes Communications Satellite Services, Inc., executed August 8, 1989
 
Incorporated by reference to The Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1993.
10.61
Addendum to Galaxy X Transponder Purchase Agreement between GCI Communication Corp. and Hughes Communications Galaxy, Inc. dated August 24, 1995
 
Incorporated by reference to The Company’s Amendment No. 1 to Form S-3/A Registration Statement (File No. 333-28001) dated July 8, 1997.
10.62
Order Approving Application, Subject to Conditions; Requiring Filing; and Approving Proposed Tariff on an Inception Basis, dated February 4, 1997
 
Incorporated by reference to The Company’s Amendment No. 1 to Form S-3/A Registration Statement (File No. 333-28001) dated July 8, 1997.
10.102
First Amendment to Lease Agreement dated as of September 2002 between RDB Company and GCI Communication Corp. as successor in interest to General Communication, Inc.
 
Incorporated by reference to The Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002.
10.105
Aircraft lease agreement between GCI Communication Corp., and Alaska corporation and 560 Company, Inc., an Alaska corporation, dated as of January 22, 2001
 
Incorporated by reference to The Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002.
10.106
First amendment to aircraft lease agreement between GCI Communication Corp., and Alaska corporation and 560 Company, Inc., an Alaska corporation, dated as of February 8, 2002
 
Incorporated by reference to The Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002.
10.108
Bonus Agreement between General Communication, Inc. and Wilson Hughes
 
Incorporated by reference to The Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended June 30, 2003.

124

Exhibit No.
Description
 
Where Located
10.131
Amended and Restated 1986 Stock Option Plan of General Communication, Inc. as of June 7, 2005
 
Incorporated by reference to The Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended September 30, 2005.
10.134
Full-time Transponder Capacity Agreement with PanAmSat Corporation dated March 31, 2006 #
 
Incorporated by reference to The Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended March 31, 2006.
10.140
General Communication, Inc. Director Compensation Plan dated June 29, 2006
 
Incorporated by reference to The Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended March 31, 2007.
10.145
CDMA Build-out Agreement dated as of October 30, 2007 between Alaska DigiTel, LLC. and WirelessCo L.P. (Nonmaterial schedules and exhibits to the Reorganization Agreement have been omitted pursuant to Item 601b.2 of Regulation S-K. We agree to furnish supplementally to the Commission upon request a copy of any omitted schedule or exhibit.) #
 
Incorporated by reference to The Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007 filed March 7, 2008.
10.146
Long-term de Facto Transfer Spectrum Leasing agreement between Alaska DigiTel, LLC. and SprintCom, Inc. #
 
Incorporated by reference to The Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007 filed March 7, 2008.
10.148
Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of October 12, 2007 among GCI Communication Corp., United Companies, Inc., Sea Lion Corporation and Togiak Natives LTD. (Nonmaterial schedules and exhibits to the Reorganization Agreement have been omitted pursuant to Item 601b.2 of Regulation S-K. We agree to furnish supplementally to the Commission upon request a copy of any omitted schedule or exhibit.)
 
Incorporated by reference to The Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007 filed March 7, 2008.
10.150
Second Amendment to Lease Agreement dated as of April 8, 2008 between RDB Company and GCI Communication Corp. as successor in interest to General Communication, Inc.
 
Incorporated by reference to The Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended March 31, 2008.
10.158
Fifth Amendment to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of October 17, 2008 by and among Holdings, Inc. the other parties thereto and Calyon New York Branch, as administrative agent, and the other Lenders party thereto
 
Incorporated by reference to The Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended September 30, 2008.
10.161
First Amendment to the Full-Time Transponder Capacity Agreement (Pre-Launch) between Intelsat Corporation, formerly known as PanAmSat Corporation and GCI Communication Corp. dated February 15, 2008 #
 
Incorporated by reference to The Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended September 30, 2009.
10.162
Second Amendment to the Full-Time Transponder Capacity Agreement (Pre-Launch) between Intelsat Corporation, formerly known as PanAmSat Corporation and GCI Communication Corp. dated April 9, 2008 #
 
Incorporated by reference to The Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended September 30, 2009.
10.163
Third Amendment to the Full-Time Transponder Capacity Agreement (Pre-Launch) between Intelsat Corporation, formerly known as PanAmSat Corporation and GCI Communication Corp. dated June 4, 2008 #
 
Incorporated by reference to The Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended September 30, 2009.
10.164
Fourth Amendment to the Full-Time Transponder Capacity Agreement (Pre-Launch) between Intelsat Corporation, formerly known as PanAmSat Corporation and GCI Communication Corp. dated June 4, 2008 #
 
Incorporated by reference to The Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended September 30, 2009.
10.165
Fifth Amendment to the Full-Time Transponder Capacity Agreement (Pre-Launch) between Intelsat Corporation, formerly known as PanAmSat Corporation and GCI Communication Corp. dated September 30, 2008 #
 
Incorporated by reference to The Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended September 30, 2009.

125

Exhibit No.
Description
 
Where Located
10.166
Sixth Amendment to the Full-Time Transponder Capacity Agreement (Pre-Launch) between Intelsat Corporation, formerly known as PanAmSat Corporation and GCI Communication Corp. dated October 31, 2008 #
 
Incorporated by reference to The Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended September 30, 2009.
10.167
Seventh Amendment to the Full-Time Transponder Capacity Agreement (Pre-Launch) between Intelsat Corporation, formerly known as PanAmSat Corporation and GCI Communication Corp. dated November 6, 2008 #
 
Incorporated by reference to The Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended September 30, 2009.
10.168
Eighth Amendment to the Full-Time Transponder Capacity Agreement (Pre-Launch) between Intelsat Corporation, formerly known as PanAmSat Corporation and GCI Communication Corp. dated June 8, 2009 #
 
Incorporated by reference to The Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended September 30, 2009.
10.170
Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of January 29, 2010 by and among GCI Holdings, Inc., the other parties thereto and Calyon New York Branch, as administrative agent, and the other Lenders party thereto
 
Incorporated by reference to The Company's Report on Form 8-K for the period January 29, 2010 filed February 3, 2010.
10.173
Audit Committee Charter (as revised by the Board of Directors of General Communication, Inc. effective January 1, 2010)
 
Incorporated by reference to The Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended June 30, 2010 filed August 5, 2010.
10.174
Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee Charter (as revised by the Board of Directors of General Communication, Inc. effective as of January 1, 2010)
 
Incorporated by reference to The Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended June 30, 2010 filed August 5, 2010.
10.175
Ninth Amendment to the Full-Time Transponder Capacity Agreement (Pre-Launch) between Intelsat Corporation, formerly known as PanAmSat Corporation and GCI Communication, Corp. dated June 29, 2010 #
 
Incorporated by reference to The Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended June 30, 2010 filed August 5, 2010.
10.177
Description of Incentive Compensation Guidelines for Named Executive Officers (49)
 
Incorporated by reference to The Company's Report on Form 8-K for the period October 7, 2010 filed October 15, 2010.
10.178
Amended and restated aircraft lease agreement between GCI Communication Corp., and Alaska corporation and 560 Company, Inc., an Alaska corporation, dated as of February 25, 2005
 
Incorporated by reference to The Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010, filed March 15, 2011.
10.179
First amendment to the amended and restated aircraft lease agreement between GCI Communication Corp., and Alaska corporation and 560 Company, Inc., an Alaska corporation, dated as of December 27, 2010
 
Incorporated by reference to The Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010, filed March 15, 2011.
10.180
Tenth Amendment to the Full-Time Transponder Capacity Agreement (Pre-Launch) between Intelsat Corporation, formerly known as PanAmSat Corporation and GCI Communication, Corp. dated September 24, 2010 #
 
Incorporated by reference to The Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010, filed March 15, 2011.
10.181
Eleventh Amendment to the Full-Time Transponder Capacity Agreement (Pre-Launch) between Intelsat Corporation, formerly known as PanAmSat Corporation and GCI Communication, Corp. dated September 23, 2010 #
 
Incorporated by reference to The Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010, filed March 15, 2011.
10.182
Twelfth Amendment to the Full-Time Transponder Capacity Agreement (Pre-Launch) between Intelsat Corporation, formerly known as PanAmSat Corporation and GCI Communication, Corp. dated November 5, 2010 #
 
Incorporated by reference to The Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010, filed March 15, 2011.

126

Exhibit No.
Description
 
Where Located
10.185
Amendment No. 2 to the Amended and Restated 1986 Stock Option Plan of General Communication, Inc.
 
Incorporated by reference to the Company's Form SC TO-I dated August 6, 2009
10.186
Amendment No. 3 to the Amended and Restated 1986 Stock Option Plan of General Communication, Inc.
 
Incorporated by reference to The Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010, filed March 15, 2011.
10.188
Broadband Initiatives Program Loan/Grant and Security Agreement between United Utilities, Inc. and the United States of America dated as of June 1, 2010 #
 
Incorporated by reference to The Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010, filed March 15, 2011.
10.189
Add-on Term Loan Supplement No. 1
 
Incorporated by reference to The Company's Report on Form 8-K for the period June 10, 2011 filed June 14, 2011.
10.190
Second Amended and Restated Aircraft Lease Agreement between GCI Communication Corp., an Alaska corporation and 560 Company, Inc., an Alaska corporation, dated May 9, 2011
 
Incorporated by reference to The Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended June 30, 2011 filed August 9, 2011.
10.191
Add-on Term Loan Supplement No. 2  
 
Incorporated by reference to The Company's Report on Form 8-K for the period July 22, 2011 filed July 26, 2011.
10.192
Credit Agreement dated August 30, 2011 by and between Unicom, Inc. as borrower and Northern Development Fund VIII, LLC as Lender and Travois New Markets Project CDE X, LLC as Lender and Waveland Sub CDE XVI, LLC as Lender and Alaska Growth Capital Bidco, Inc. as Disbursing Agent
 
Incorporated by reference to The Company's Report on Form 8-K for the period August 30, 2011 filed September 6, 2011.
10.193
Asset Purchase and Contribution Agreement Dated as of June 4, 2012 By and Among Alaska Communications Systems Group, Inc., ACS Wireless, Inc., General Communication, Inc., GCI Wireless Holdings, LLC and The Alaska Wireless Network, LLC  #
 
Incorporated by reference to The Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended June 30, 2012 filed August 6, 2012.
10.194
Add-on Term Loan Supplement No. 3
 
Incorporated by reference to The Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended June 30, 2012 filed August 6, 2012.
10.195
Credit Agreement dated October 3, 2012 by and between Unicom, Inc. as borrower and USBCDE Sub-CDE 74, LLC as Lender and Cherokee Nation Sub-CDE II, LLC as Lender and LBCDE Sub2, LLC as Lender and Waveland Sub CDE XXII, LLC as Lender
 
Incorporated by reference to The Company's Report on Form 8-K for the period October 3, 2012 filed October 9, 2012.
10.196
Thirteenth Amendment to the Full-Time Transponder Capacity Agreement (Pre-Launch) between Intelsat Corporation, formerly known as PanAmSat Corporation and GCI Communication, Corp. dated March 14, 2011  #
 
Incorporated by reference to The Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012, filed March 8, 2013.
10.197
Fourteenth Amendment to the Full-Time Transponder Capacity Agreement (Pre-Launch) between Intelsat Corporation, formerly known as PanAmSat Corporation and GCI Communication, Corp. dated June 7, 2011  #
 
Incorporated by reference to The Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012, filed March 8, 2013.

127

Exhibit No.
Description
 
Where Located
10.198
Fifteenth Amendment to the Full-Time Transponder Capacity Agreement (Pre-Launch) between Intelsat Corporation, formerly known as PanAmSat Corporation and GCI Communication, Corp. dated December 29, 2011  #
 
Incorporated by reference to The Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012, filed March 8, 2013.
10.199
Sixteenth Amendment to the Full-Time Transponder Capacity Agreement (Pre-Launch) between Intelsat Corporation, formerly known as PanAmSat Corporation and GCI Communication, Corp. dated December 21, 2012  #
 
Incorporated by reference to The Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012, filed March 8, 2013.
10.200
Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of April 30, 2013 by and among GCI Holdings, Inc., GCI, Inc., the Subsidiary Guarantors party thereto, the Lenders party thereto, Union Bank, as Syndication Agent, Suntrust Bank, as Documentation Agent and Credit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank, as Administrative Agent
 
Incorporated by reference to The Company's Report on Form 8-K for the period April 30, 2013 filed May 6, 2013.
10.201
Seventeenth Amendment to the Full-Time Transponder Capacity Agreement (Pre-Launch) between Intelsat Corporation, formerly known as PanAmSat Corporation and GCI Communication, Corp. dated June 4, 2013 #

 
Incorporated by reference to The Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended September 30, 2013 filed November 8, 2013.
10.202
Eighteenth Amendment to the Full-Time Transponder Capacity Agreement (Pre-Launch) between Intelsat Corporation, formerly known as PanAmSat Corporation and GCI Communication, Corp. dated October 17, 2013 #

 
Incorporated by reference to The Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended September 30, 2013 filed November 8, 2013.
10.203
First Amended and Restated Operating Agreement of The Alaska Wireless Network, LLC dated July 22, 2013 #

 
Incorporated by reference to The Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended September 30, 2013 filed November 8, 2013.
10.204
First Amendment to Contract for Alaska Access Services between General Communication, Inc. and MCI Telecommunications Corporation dated March 1, 1996

 
Incorporated by reference to The Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended September 30, 2013 filed November 8, 2013.
10.205
Broadband Initiatives Program Loan/Grant and Security Agreement between United Utilities, Inc. and The United States of America dated June 1, 2010

 
Incorporated by reference to The Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended September 30, 2013 filed November 8, 2013.
14
Code Of Business Conduct and Ethics (originally reported as exhibit 10.118)
 
Incorporated by reference to The Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended March 31, 2004

21.1
Subsidiaries of the Registrant  *
 
 
23.1
Consent of Grant Thornton LLP (Independent Public Accountant for Company) *
 
 
31
Certifications Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 *
 
 
32
Certifications Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 *
 
 

128

Exhibit No.
Description
 
Where Located
101
The following materials from General Communication, Inc.'s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013, formatted in XBRL (eXtensible Business Reporting Language): (i) Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2013 and 2012; (ii) Consolidated Income Statements for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011; (iii) Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011; (iv) Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011; and (v) Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements *
 
 
 
 
 
#
CONFIDENTIAL PORTION has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment by us to, and the material has been separately filed with, the SEC.  Each omitted Confidential Portion is marked by three asterisks.
*
Filed herewith.
 
 
 


129

SIGNATURES


Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.

GENERAL COMMUNICATION, INC.

 
By:
/s/ Ronald A. Duncan
 
 
 
Ronald A. Duncan, President
(Chief Executive Officer)
 

Date:
March 26, 2014
 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the date indicated.

Signature
 
Title
 
Date
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Stephen M. Brett
 
Chairman of Board and Director
 
March 26, 2014
Stephen M. Brett
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Ronald A. Duncan
 
President and Director
(Principal Executive Officer)
 
March 26, 2014
Ronald A. Duncan
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Bridget L. Baker
 
Director
 
March 26, 2014
Bridget L. Baker
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Jerry A. Edgerton
 
Director
 
March 26, 2014
Jerry A. Edgerton
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Scott M. Fisher
 
Director
 
March 26, 2014
Scott M. Fisher
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Director
 
 
William P. Glasgow
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Mark W. Kroloff
 
Director
 
March 26, 2014
Mark W. Kroloff
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Stephen R. Mooney
 
Director
 
March 26, 2014
Stephen R. Mooney
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Director
 
 
James M. Schneider
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Peter J. Pounds
 
Senior Vice President, Chief Financial
Officer, and Secretary
(Principal Financial Officer)
 
March 26, 2014
Peter J. Pounds
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Lynda L. Tarbath
 
Vice President, Chief Accounting
Officer (Principal Accounting Officer)
 
March 26, 2014
Lynda L. Tarbath
 
 
 

130